Volume 5 Tab 1000451122 Catalog

1000501680-Catalog 1000501680-Catalog 1000501680-Catalog B4 unilog cesco-content

2016-09-04

: Pdf 1000451122-Catalog 1000451122-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 133 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-1
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
Overload Relay—C440
Overload Relays—C441,
Motor Insight
Manual Motor Protector
5.1 Monitoring Relays
Product Overview—Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-2
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
5.2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-44
5.3 Manual Motor Protection
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-45
5.4 Overload Relays
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-47
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
V5-T5-2 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Monitoring Relays
Contents
Description Page
Monitoring Relays
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
Product Overview—Monitoring Relays
Current Monitoring Relays
Eaton offers two different
series of current monitoring
relays:
CurrentWatch™ Series
The CurrentWatch ECS and
ECSJ Series from Eatons
Electrical Sector is a family
of solid-state
adjustable
current switches,
ideal for
providing status
information on electrical
equipment
Phase Monitoring Relays
The D65 Series Phase
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against premature
equipment failure caused by
voltage faults on three-phase
systems. All D65 phase
monitoring relays are
compatible with most wye
or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to
neutral is not required. Phase
Monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
Voltage Monitoring Relays
The D65 Series Voltage
Monitoring Relays monitor
either AC single-phase
(50/60 Hz) or DC voltages
to protect equipment against
voltage fault conditions.
No separate supply (input)
voltage is required. All
versions are available in a
compact plug-in case using
an 8-pin octal socket.
There are two styles of
voltage monitoring relays:
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage Band Relays
Ground Fault Monitoring
Relays
Eaton offers two different
series of ground fault
monitoring relays:
D64R Series
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices
Microprocessor-based
D64R GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements
D64L Series
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded
supplies on three-phase AC
power systems up to
600 V. If an insulation fault
develops anywhere on the
system between the
source and the load, the
D64L will detect it and give
an alarm or trip, depending
on the adjustable field
settings selected
The D64L is ideally suited
for systems supplied from
the secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye
connected transformer
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . V5-T5-4
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
ECS Series CurrentWatch™ Current Switches
ECS Series
Product Description
The CurrentWatch™ ECS
Series from Eaton’s Electrical
Sector is a family of solid-
state adjustable current
switches, ideal for providing
status information on
electrical equipment. The
ECS is excellent for new
installations, where the
conductors run through the
housing, requiring no cutting.
These switches are also ideal
for retrofits, since split-core
models can be opened to fit
around existing conductors.
The current switch is
accurate, reliable and easy
to install.
The ECS can sense
continuous currents from
1 to 150 A and does not
require any supply voltage,
as the power required is
induced from the monitored
conductor. The output is a
non-polarity-sensitive solid-
state contact for switching
AC and DC circuits up to
240 Vac/Vdc. This switch also
includes an LED indicating
two states: on and below trip
point, and above trip point
with contacts energized. All
ECS Series switches carry an
unconditional five-year
warranty.
Reference
Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.2 for additional product information.
ECS Series CurrentWatch Tab Section
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 2
Any change in current can be
sensed with the ECS Series.
A change in current may
indicate motor failure, belt
loss/slippage or mechanical
failure. Any of these events
can cause the current to drop
significantly, tripping the
switch and notifying the
controller.
Standards and Certifications
UL® Listed
cUL® Listed
CE Certified
V5-T5-4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . V5-T5-3
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
ECSJ Series
Product Description
The CurrentWatch™ ECSJ
Series current operated
switches from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector provide the
same dependable indication
of status offered by the
CurrentWatch ECS Series,
but with the added benefit of
increased setpoint precision.
A choice of three, jumper-
selectable input ranges
allows the ECSJ Series to be
tailored to an application,
providing more precise
control through improved
setpoint resolution. Self-
powering, isolated solid-state
outputs, 1–6 A, 6–40 A and
40–200 A input ranges, and a
choice of split- or solid-core
enclosures are standard.
For typical applications of the
CurrentWatch ECSJ Series,
see listing on this page.
Reference
Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.3 for additional product information.
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Tab Section
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. 3
Application Description
Typical Applications
Electronic Proof of
Flow—Current operated
switches eliminate the
need for multiple pipe or
duct penetrations and are
more reliable than electro-
mechanical pressure or
flow switches
Conveyors—Detect jams
and overloads
Lighting Circuits—Easier
to install and more
accurate than photocells
Fans, Pumps and Heating
Elements—Faster
response than temperature
sensors
Critical Motors
Ancillary Equipment
Standards and Certifications
UL Listed
cUL Listed
CE Certified
UL 508 Industrial
Equipment (USA and
Canada)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Phase Monitoring Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-7
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-9
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
Product Overview
The D65 Series Phase
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against premature
equipment failure caused by
voltage faults on three-phase
systems. All D65 phase
monitoring relays are
compatible with most wye
or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to
neutral is not required. Phase
Monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
Application Description
Protection
Depending on the unit
selected, it will protect three-
phase equipment against:
Phase Loss
—total loss of
one or more of the three
phases. Also known as
“single phasing.” Typically
caused by a blown fuse,
broken wire or worn contact.
This condition would result in
a motor drawing locked rotor
current during startup. In
addition, a three-phase
motor will continue to run
after losing a phase, resulting
in possible motor burn-out.
Phase Reversal
—reversing
any two of the three phases
will cause a three-phase
motor to run in the opposite
direction. This may cause
damage to driven machinery
or injury to personnel. The
condition usually occurs as a
result of mistakes made
during routine maintenance
or when modifications are
made to the circuit.
Phase Imbalance
imbalance of a three-phase
system occurs when
single-phase loads are
connected such that one or
two of the lines (phases)
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause
motors to run at
temperatures above
published ratings.
Undervoltage—when
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system drop
simultaneously.
Overvoltage—when
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system
increase simultaneously.
V5-T5-6 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Connections
Line Side Monitoring
With the relay connected before the motor starter, the
motor can be started in the reverse direction. However, the
motor is unprotected against phase failures between the relay
and the motor.
Line Side Monitoring
Standards and Certifications
D65VMC, D65PLR and
D65PAR Series
cRUus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
D65VMLP Series
cRUus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
Product Selection Guide
D65 Series—Product Family Selection
Note
1In addition to the above approvals, all plug-in products are
also UL Listed when used with the appropriate Eaton socket.
L1
Stop Start
Phase
Monitor
Relay
M
3
Phase
Motor
O/L
L2
L1 M
M
M
M
Input Fuses
2 A Max.
Phase
Monitor
Relay
L2
L3
Series Mounting Style Phase Reversal
Phase Loss and
Reversal Undervoltage Overvoltage Phase Imbalance
Time Delay on
Undervoltage
D65VMC Plug-in 13 —————
D65PLR Plug-in 13 3 ————
D65PAR Plug-in 133 (adjustable) 50 ms fixed
D65VMLP Plug-in 133 (adjustable) (fixed) 3 0.1–20 sec
D65VMLS Surface 3 3 (adjustable) (fixed) 3 0.1–20 sec
Load Side Monitoring
With the relay connected directly to the motor, the total feed
lines are monitored. This connection should not be used with
reversing motors.
Load Side Monitoring
D65VMLS Series
cULus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
L1
Stop
3
Phase
Motor
O/L
L2
M
M
M
M
Input Fuses
2 A Max.
Phase
Monitor
Relay
Phase
Monitor Relay
Start
L1
L2
L3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-9
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
Product Description
The D65VMC Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase
reversal in a compact plug-in
design. One version will work
on any three-phase system
from 190 to 500 V. These
devices are designed to be
compatible with most wye or
delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required.
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with a
green status and PHASE
REVERSAL conditions with a
red status. Re-energization is
automatic upon correction of
the fault condition.
Features
Protects against phase
reversal
One version works on
190–500 V three-phase
systems
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10 A SPDT output contacts
Standards and Certifications
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
V5-T5-8 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Accessories
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Technical Data and Specifications
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Note
1Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V.
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
50/60 Hz
Catalog
Number
Plug-in 190–500 V D65VMC480 1
D65VMC480
Description Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Description Specification
Phase reversal Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Output contacts 10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life Full load—100,000 operations
Response times
Operate 50 ms
Release 50 ms
Load (burden) 3 VA
Temperature –20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Transient protection 10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300 V
Indicator LED Bi-color LED will be Green when NORMAL condition is present and Red when PHASE REVERSAL
condition is present
Reset Automatic upon correction of fault
1
4
ØA ØB ØC
36
27
8
5
2.40
(60.0)
1.70
(43.0)
2.90
(74.0) 3.00
(76.0)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-9
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-7
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-10
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-10
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-10
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Product Description
The D65PLR Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase loss
and phase reversal in a
compact plug-in design.
These devices are designed
to be compatible with most
wye or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with
a green status, PHASE
REVERSAL conditions with
a steady red status, and
PHASE LOSS conditions
with a flashing red status.
Re-energization is automatic
upon correction of the
fault condition.
Features
Protects against phase loss
and phase reversal
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10 A SPDT output contacts
Standards and Certifications
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
V5-T5-10 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Accessories
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Technical Data and Specifications
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Note
1Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V.
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
50/60 Hz
Catalog
Number
Plug-in 190–500 V D65PLR480 1
D65PLR480
Description Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Description Specification
Phase loss Unit trips on loss of any Phase A, B or C
Phase reversal Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Output contacts 10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life Full load—100,000 operations
Response times
Operate 50 ms
Release 50 ms
Load (burden) 3 VA
Temperature –20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Transient protection 10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300 V
Indicator LED Bi-color LED will be Green when NORMAL condition is present, Steady Red when PHASE REVERSAL
condition is present, and Flashing Red when PHASE LOSS condition is present
Reset Automatic upon correction of fault
1
4
ØA ØB ØC
36
27
8
5
2.40
(60.0)
1.70
(43.0)
2.90
(74.0) 3.00
(76.0)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-11
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-7
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-9
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-12
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-12
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Product Description
The D65PAR Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase loss,
phase reversal and
undervoltage in a compact
plug-in design. These devices
are designed to be
compatible with most wye or
delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with
a steady green status,
RESET with a flashing green
status, PHASE REVERSAL
with a steady red status,
PHASE LOSS with a single-
flash red status, and
UNDERVOLTAGE with a
double-flash red status. The
undervoltage drop-out can be
set at 75–95% of operating
voltage. Re-energization is
automatic upon correction
of the fault condition.
Features
Protects against phase
loss, phase reversal and
undervoltage
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
Undervoltage setting is
adjustable from 75 to 95%
of nominal
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10 A SPDT output contacts
Standards and Certifications
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
V5-T5-12 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Accessories
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Technical Data and Specifications
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Notes
1Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V.
2Single-flash is defined as on for 25 ms off for 175 ms. Double-flash is defined as on for 25 ms, off for 25 ms, on for 25 ms, off for 125 ms.
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
60 Hz
Undervoltage
Range
Catalog
Number
Plug-in 208 V 156–198 V D65PAR208
Plug-in 240 V 180–230 V D65PAR240
Plug-in 400 V 300–380 V D65PAR400 1
Plug-in 480 V 360–460 V D65PAR480 1
Description Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Description Specification
Phase loss Unit trips on loss of any Phase A, B or C
Phase reversal Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Undervoltage Adjustable over a range per product selection table. Unit trips when the average of all three lines is
less than the adjusted set point.
Output contacts 10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life Full load—100,000 operations
Response times
Operate 50 ms
Release 50 ms
Load (burden) 3 VA
Temperature –20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Transient protection 10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300 V
Indicator LED 2Bi-color LED will be Steady Green when NORMAL condition is present, Flashing Green during RESET,
Steady Red when PHASE REVERSAL condition is present, Single-Flash Red when PHASE LOSS
condition is present, and Double-Flash Red when UNDERVOLTAGE condition is present
Reset Automatic upon correction of fault
D65PAR_
1
4
ØA ØB ØC
36
27
8
5
2.40
(60.9)
1.70
(43.2)
2.90
(73.7) 3.50
(88.9)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-13
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-7
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-9
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-14
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-15
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-15
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-16
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Product Description
Eaton’s D65 Phase
Monitoring Relay protects
distribution systems
supplying motor feeder or
branch circuits against
premature equipment failure
caused by voltage faults on
three-phase systems—wye
or delta connected. Phase
monitoring
relays protect
against voltage imbalance
and
single-phasing
regardless of
any regenerative
voltages.
The relay is energized when
the phase sequence and all
voltages are correct. Any of
five abnormal conditions
(phase loss, phase reversal,
overvoltage, undervoltage
or phase imbalance) will
de-energize the relay. As
standard, re-energization
is automatic upon correction
of the fault condition. The
D65 can also be wired for
manual reset.
Application Description
Protective Functions
The D65 Series Relay makes
separate trip decisions based
on the status of the three-
phase voltage inputs. Control
power is derived from the
three-phase voltage inputs.
Separate control power is not
required. The device will trip
in response to any
combination of the following
conditions:
Undervoltage—When
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system
drops simultaneously.
Undervoltage drop-out can
be set at 80–95% of
operating voltage. Unit
trips when the average of
all three lines is less than
the adjusted set point for a
period longer than the
adjustable time delay drop-
out (0.1–20 seconds). This
time delay eliminates
nuisance tripping caused
by momentary voltage
fluctuation.
Overvoltage—Fixed at
110% of nominal, unit trips
when the average of all
three lines is greater than
the fixed set point for a
period longer than the time
delay drop-out.
Phase Imbalance
Imbalance of a three-phase
system occurs when
single-phase loads are
connected such that one or
two of the lines (phases)
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause
motors to run at
temperatures above
published ratings. Unit trips
when any one of the three
lines is more than the
adjusted set point below
the average of all three
lines. The percent phase
imbalance is adjustable
from 2–10% and also has a
Disable setting for
applications where poor
voltage conditions could
cause nuisance tripping.
Phase Loss (Single-
Phasing)—Total loss of
one or more of the three
phases. Typically caused by
a blown fuse, broken wire
or worn contact. This
condition would result in a
motor drawing locked rotor
current during start-up. In
addition, a three-phase
motor will continue to run
after losing a phase,
resulting in potential motor
burn-out. Unit trips on loss
of any phase.
Phase Reversal
Reversing any two of the
three phases will cause a
three-phase motor to run in
the opposite direction. This
may cause damage to
machinery or injury to
personnel. Unit trips if
rotation (sequence) of the
three phases is anything
other than A-B-C.
V5-T5-14 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Connections
Line Side Monitoring
With the relay connected before the motor starter, the motor
can be started in the reverse direction. However, the motor
is unprotected against phase failures between the relay and
the motor.
Features
Universal voltage range of
190–500 V provides the
flexibility to cover a variety
of applications (120 V and
600 V units also available)
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
Automatic or manual reset
after the fault condition is
corrected
Bi-color LED indicates
normal condition and
defines fault type for
simpler troubleshooting
Operation
The D65 provides protection
against premature equipment
failure caused by voltage
faults on three-phase
systems. The D65 is
designed to be compatible
with most wye or delta
systems. In wye systems,
a connection to a neutral is
not required. D65 Phase
Monitoring Relays protect
against imbalanced voltages
or single-phasing regardless
of any regenerative voltages.
The relay is energized when
the phase sequence and all
voltages are correct. Any one
of five fault conditions will
de-energize the relay.
Re-energization is automatic
upon correction of the fault
condition.
Manual reset is available if
a NC switch is wired to the
appropriate terminals. A
bi-color LED indicates normal
condition and also provides
specific fault indication to
simplify troubleshooting. The
percent phase imbalance is
adjustable from
2–10%, and
the undervoltage drop-out can
be set at 80–95%
of operating
voltage. The adjustable time
delay drop-out on
undervoltage (0.3–30 sec)
eliminates nuisance tripping
caused by momentary
voltage fluctuations.
START
L1
L1
L2
Voltage Monitor
Relay
Input Fuses
(Recommended)
2 A Max.
Voltage
Monitor
Relay
3
Phase
M
otor
O/L
STOP
M
M
L2 M
L3 M
M
Load Side Monitoring
With the relay connected directly to the motor, the total feed
lines are monitored. This connection should not be used with
reversing motors.
D65VMLS can be mounted
directly onto 35 mm DIN
rail with no additional parts
D65VMLP will plug into
D3PA2 socket and mount
on 35 mm DIN rail
Small, compact size
User-adjustable settings
include nominal voltage,
percent phase imbalance,
undervoltage drop-out,
time delay on undervoltage
and time delay on restart
after fault
LED Operation
Notes
1Single flash = On 25 ms, Off 175 ms.
2Double flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 125 ms.
3Triple flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 75 ms.
Input Fuses
(Recommended)
2 A Max.
START
L1
L1
L2
Voltage Monitor
Relay
Voltage
Monitor
Relay
3
Phase
M
otor
O/L
STOP
M
L2 M
L3 M
M
LED Status Plug-In and Surface-Mount Indication
Green steady Normal/relay ON
Green flashing Power-up/restart delay
Red steady Reversal
Red single flash 1Loss/imbalance
Red double flash 2Undervoltage
Red triple flash 3Overvoltage
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-15
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Standards and Certifications
CE (Low Voltage + EMC
Directive EN60947-5-1)
cULus listed
(D65VMLS only)
cRUus
(D65VMLP only)
RoHS compliant
UL Listed 1
Product Selection
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and
Under/Overvoltage 2
Technical Data and Specifications
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Notes
1When used with accompanying Eaton Socket (D65VMLP only).
2Additional models available. Please visit our Web site for the latest offering.
3Requires a 600 V-rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V. The D3PA2 socket is rated 10 A, 600 V.
Mounting Style
Operating Voltage
50/60 Hz
Catalog
Number
Surface-mount
(DIN rail)
102–138 V D65VMLS120C
190–500 V D65VMLS480C
460–600 V D65VMLS600C
Plug-in
(DIN rail)
102–138 V D65VMLP120
190–500 V D65VMLP480 3
460–600 V D65VMLP600
8-pin socket D3PA2
8-pin IP20 rated socket D3PA6
Description Specification
Nominal voltages (50–60 Hz)
For D65VMLS 102–138 V, 190–500 V, 460–600 V
For D65VMLP 102–138 V, 190–500 V, 460–600 V
Connections Wye or delta
Output contacts
For D65VMLS DPDT:
NO: 10 A resistive at 277 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 120/240 Vac, B300 pilot duty, R300
NC: 10 A resistive at 277 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/3 hp at 120/240 Vac, B300 pilot duty, R300
For D65VMLP SPDT:
10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac, C300 pilot duty
Dielectric 1000 V + (2 * nominal voltage rating) between input terminals and case or active circuitry
Operating temp. –20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Response times
Power up 1–300 seconds adjustable
Restart after fault 1–300 seconds adjustable
Dropout due to fault 100 ms fixed on phase loss and phase reversal;
0.3–30 sec adjustable for all other faults—unbalance, undervoltage, overvoltage
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
Electrical life 100,000 operations
Power consumption 40 VA
Hysteresis 2–3%
D65VM_
V5-T5-16 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Wiring Diagrams
Plug-In Surface-Mount
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Plug-In Surface-Mount
12 14
M
2
M
122
Manual Reset
AB C
ØA ØB ØC
11 21 ØA ØB ØC Manual
Reset
3
2
6
54
81 7
12345
789101112
RESET
ØA ØB ØC
1.70 (43.2)
2.90 (73.7)
3.00 (76.2)
2.40
(61.0)
3.50
(88.9)
2.40 (61.0)
2.20 (55.9) 2.10 (53.3)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-17
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays . . . . . . . . V5-T5-22
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-25
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
Product Overview
Voltage Monitoring Relays
monitor either AC single-
phase (50/60 Hz) or DC
voltages to protect
equipment against voltage
fault conditions. No separate
supply (input) voltage is
required. All versions are
available in a compact plug-in
case using an 8-pin octal
socket.
There are two styles of
voltage monitoring relays:
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage Band Relays
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Over/Undervoltage Relays
provide protection to
equipment where either an
over- or undervoltage
condition is potentially
damaging. Each relay can be
used as either an overvoltage
or an undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used. When used as
an undervoltage relay, it
provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a minimum
voltage. When used as an
overvoltage relay, it protects
equipment against excessive
voltage conditions. Over/
undervoltage relays are
designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
Voltage Band Relays
Voltage Band Relays provide
protection to equipment that
is required to operate within
an upper and lower voltage
limit. As long as the operating
voltage remains within an
over- and undervoltage range,
the internal relay stays
energized. If the operating
voltage falls outside this
range, the relay will drop out.
Standards and
Certifications
CE
cRUus listed
UL listed 1
RoHS recognized
Note
1When used with accompanying Eaton
socket.
V5-T5-18 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide
D65V Product Family Selection—Over/Undervoltage Relays
D65V Product Family Selection—Voltage Band Relays
Note
1Fixed time delay eliminates nuisance tripping due to short voltage surges or drops.
Series
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
Time Delay
Dropout
Fixed Time Delay for
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Adjustable Time Delay
Over/Undervoltage Relays
D65VMRP Adjustable
75–125% nominal
Fixed at 95% of pickup Fixed 500 ms 1Page V5-T5-20
D65VAKP Adjustable 75–95% of pickup Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds Page V5-T5-23
Series
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
Time Delay
Dropout Voltage Band Relays
D65VWKP Adjustable
75–125% nominal
Adjustable 75–95% of pickup Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds Page V5-T5-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-19
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VMRP—Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-20
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays . . . . . . . . V5-T5-22
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-25
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage Relays
(Fixed Time Delay)
Product Description
The D65VMRP Over/
Undervoltage Relays provide
protection to equipment
where either an over- or
undercurrent condition is
potentially damaging. They
are designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
The pickup voltage setting
is user-adjustable from
75 to 125% of the nominal
voltage rating. As standard,
the D65VMRP Series has a
dropout voltage setting fixed
at 95% of the pickup voltage
setting. The relay energizes
when the monitored voltage
is above the pickup setting.
The relay de-energizes when
the monitored voltage is
below the dropout setting
for a period longer than the
drop-out time delay, which
is fixed at 500 ms.
Application Description
Each relay can be used as
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used.
Overvoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that cannot handle
excess voltages. Uses a
normally closed contact (NC).
As long as the monitored
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the
equipment can withstand
(pickup setting), the relay
remains energized and the
NC contact remains closed,
keeping the load energized. If
the operating voltage
increases beyond the
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay
energizes and the NC contact
opens, turning off the load.
When the voltage falls below
the dropout settings
(hysteresis), the relay de-
energizes and the NC contact
re-closes, turning on the load.
Undervoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a certain
minimum voltage. Uses a
normally open contact (NO).
As long as the monitored
voltage is above the
minimum value required
(pickup setting), the relay will
energize and the NO contact
closes, turning on the load. If
the voltage drops below the
dropout setting (the minimum
voltage required minus
hysteresis), the relay will de-
energize and the NO contact
will re-open, turning off the
load.
Features
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Wide range of user-
adjustable pickup with
fixed dropout settings
Fixed time delay on
dropout of 500 ms
LED indicates output relay
status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
8-pin socket
10 A DPDT output contacts
Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
Monitored
Voltage
Relay
Output
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
On
TT
Off
V5-T5-20 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65VMRP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup, Fixed Dropout Settings 2
Accessories
D65VMRP Series—
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Notes
1 Time delay on dropout fixed at 500 ms.
2 Dropout voltage is fixed at 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range Catalog
NumberPickup Dropout
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VMRPA
12 Vdc 9–15 Vdc 7–14 Vdc D65VMRPR1
24 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 14–28 Vdc D65VMRPT1
48 Vdc 36–60 Vdc 27–57 Vdc D65VMRPW1
110 Vdc 83–138 Vdc 62–130 Vdc D65VMRPA1
240 Vac 180–300 Vac 135–285 Vac D65VMRPA2
480 Vac 360–600 Vac 220–570 Vac D65VMRPA3
D65VM_
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-21
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
D65VMRP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Wiring Diagram
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description Specification
Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden) Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
Current settings
Pickup Adjustable from 75 to 125% of nominal voltage
Dropout Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMRP
Adjustable from 75 to 95% of the pickup setting for D65VAKP
Temperature –20 to 131 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Response times
Pickup 500 ms
Dropout Fixed 500 ms for D65VMRP
Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds for D65VAKP
Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
Electrical life 100,000 operations
Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
Transient protection 2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
Reset Automatic
Mounting Requires an 8-pin socket
Monitored
Voltage
1
(DC)+
L1
(DC)−
L2
8
4
36
27
5
2.4
(60)
1.7
(43)
2.9
(74) 3.5
(89)
D65VAKP Only
V5-T5-22 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VAKP—Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-23
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-25
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays
(Adjustable Time Delay)
Product Description
The D65VAKP Over/
Undervoltage Relays provide
protection to equipment
where either an over- or
undercurrent condition is
potentially damaging. They
are designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
The pickup voltage setting is
user-adjustable from 75 to
125% of the nominal voltage
rating. As standard, the
D65VAKP has an adjustable
dropout setting of 75–95%.
The relay energizes when the
monitored voltage is above
the pickup setting. The relay
de-energizes when the
monitored voltage is below
the dropout setting for a
period longer than the
dropout time delay, which is
adjustable from 0.1 to 10
seconds. A fixed time delay
of 500 ms is available with
the D65VMP Series.
Application Description
Each relay can be used as
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used.
Overvoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that cannot handle
excess voltages. Uses a
normally closed contact (NC).
As long as the monitored
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the
equipment can withstand
(pickup setting), the relay
remains energized and the
NC contact remains closed,
keeping the load energized.
If the operating voltage
increases beyond the
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay
energizes and the NC contact
opens, turning off the load.
When the voltage falls below
the dropout settings
(hysteresis), the relay de-
energizes and the NC contact
re-closes, turning on the load.
Undervoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a certain
minimum voltage. Uses a
normally open contact (NO).
As long as the monitored
voltage is above the minimum
value required (pickup setting),
the relay will energize and the
NO contact closes, turning on
the load. If the voltage drops
below the dropout setting
(the minimum voltage
required minus hysteresis),
the relay will de-energize and
the NO contact will re-open,
turning off the load.
Features
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Wide range of user-
adjustable pickup and
dropout settings
Adjustable time delay on
dropout of 0.1–10 seconds
LED indicates output
relay status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
8-pin socket
10 A DPDT output contacts
Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
Monitored
Voltage
Relay
Output
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
On
TT
Off
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-23
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65VAKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup and Dropout Settings 2
Accessories
D65VAKP Series—
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Notes
1 Time delay on dropout adjustable 0.1–10 sec.
2 Dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range Catalog
NumberPickup Dropout
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VAKPA
12 Vdc 9–15 Vdc 7–14 Vdc D65VAKPR1
24 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 14–38 Vdc D65VAKPT1
48 Vdc 36–60 Vdc 27–57 Vdc D65VAKPW1
110 Vdc 83–138 Vdc 62–130 Vdc D65VAKPA1
240 Vac 180–300 Vac 135–285 Vac D65VAKPA2
480 Vac 360–600 Vac 270–570 Vac D65VAKPA3
D65VA_
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
V5-T5-24 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
D65VMP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Wiring Diagram
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description Specification
Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden) Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
Current settings
Pickup Adjustable from 75 to 125% of nominal voltage
Dropout Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMP
Adjustable from 75 to 95% of the pickup setting for D65VAKP
Temperature –18 to 149 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Response times
Pickup 500 ms
Dropout Fixed 500 ms for D65VMP
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds for D65VAKP
Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
Electrical life 100,000 operations
Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
Transient protection 2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
Reset Automatic
Mounting Requires an 8-pin socket
Monitored
Voltage
1
(DC)+
L1
(DC)−
L2
8
4
36
27
5
2.4
(60)
1.7
(43)
2.9
(74) 3.5
(89)
D65VAKP Only
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-25
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-22
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-26
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-27
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-27
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Product Description
The D65VWKP Series Voltage
Band Relays provide
protection to equipment that
is required to operate within
an upper and lower voltage
limit. As long as the operating
voltage remains within an
over- and undervoltage range,
the internal relay stays
energized. If the operating
voltage falls outside this
range, the relay will drop out.
When nominal operating
voltage is applied, the internal
relay will energize (pickup). If
the operating voltage falls
outside the preset over trip
point (adjustable 75–125% of
nominal), or under trip point
(adjustable 75–95%
of pickup), for a period
longer than the dropout
time delay, the relay will
de-energize (dropout). When
the voltage returns to normal
(within the preset over- and
undervoltage trip points),
the unit automatically resets
and the relay energizes. The
D65VWP has a 0.1–10
second dropout time.
Features
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Provides voltage band
(window) protection
Wide range of user-
adjustable overvoltage and
undervoltage settings
Adjustable time delay on
dropout from 0.1 to 10
seconds
LED indicates output relay
status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
8-pin octal socket
10 A DPDT output contacts
Voltage Band Relay Current Monitoring
T
Monitored
Current
Over
Voltage
Under
Voltage
Relay
Output
ON
OFF T T T
V5-T5-26 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Adjustable Dropout Time Delay (0.1–10 Seconds)
Accessories
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range Catalog
NumberOver Under
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VWKPA
12 Vdc 9–15 Vdc 7–14 Vdc D65VWKPR1
24 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 14–28 Vdc D65VWKPT1
48 Vdc 36–60 Vdc 27–57 Vdc D65VWKPW1
110 Vdc 83–138 Vdc 62–130 Vdc D65VWKPA1
240 Vac 180–300 Vac 135–285 Vac D65VWKPA2
480 Vac 360–600 Vac 270–570 Vac D65VWKPA3
D65VW_
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-27
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
D65VWKP Series, Voltage Band Relays
Wiring Diagram
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65VWKP Series, Voltage Band Relays
Description Specification
Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No separate supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden) Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
Voltage settings
Overvoltage 75–125% of nominal voltage
Undervoltage 75–95% of pickup voltage
Temperature –18 to 149 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
Reset Automatic
Contact Eaton for information on how to order a unit with manual reset
Response times
Operate 500 ms
Release Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds
Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
Electrical life 100,000 operations
Transient protection 2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
Monitored
Voltage
1
(DC)+
L1
(DC)−
L2
8
4
36
27
5
2.4
(60)
1.7
(43)
2.9
(74) 3.5
(89)
D65VWKP
V5-T5-28 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-22
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-25
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-30
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Product Description
The Catalog Number VSR
voltage sensing relays are
highly accurate, solid-state,
AC voltage sensing devices
available in both overvoltage
and undervoltage types. They
include built-in locking shaft
potentiometers for voltage
and differential adjustment.
Relay circuit boards are
conformal contact for
environment-free operation.
Input is transformer isolated
from solid-state output
contact. Mounting
dimensions are the same as
Catalog Number BF relays.
Features
Same base plate as
Catalog Number BF relay,
mounts in same area
Captive, pressure clamp
terminals—accept 1 or 2
solid or stranded 14 AWG
or smaller wires
Adjustment potentiometer
with locking shafts—
provides shock-proof
adjustment
Conformal coated printed
circuit board—protects
relay against shock,
moisture, dirt and other
environmental hazards
Built-in surge protection—
protects internal solid-state
contact from damage due
to load and line transients
Product Selection
When Ordering, Specify
Catalog Number of Basic Relay
Voltage Sensing Relays—Undervoltage
Voltage Sensing Relays—Overvoltage
Voltage Range
Catalog
Number
70–120 Vac VSRUA
200–280 Vac VSRUB
Voltage Range
Catalog
Number
100–140 Vac VSROA
200–280 Vac VSROB
VSRU_
VSRO_
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-29
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Operating Curves—Undervoltage Relay
Solid-state NO contact closes when voltage exceeds upper limit
set by voltage adjustment potentiometer. Contact remains
closed until voltage drops below the value set with differential
adjustment. Contact will not reclose until voltage once again
exceeds upper limit.
Operating Curves—Overvoltage Relay
Providing a minimum of 60 V input is present, solid-state contact
is NC. Differential adjustment sets upper limit where contact will
open. After opening, contact will remain open until voltage drops
below value set with voltage adjustment potentiometer.
Relay Pick-Up and Drop-Out Voltage
Ranges—Undervoltage
Relay Pick-Up and Drop-Out Voltage
Ranges—Overvoltage
Notes
1Can initiate a Size 4 motor starter.
212 A rms maximum inrush for three cycles. If inrush current is greater than 12 A and relay is
operated more than 30 times per minute, derating may be necessary. If surge current is 12 A
or less, no derating is necessary. If currents exceeding these ratings could occur,
a series fuse having an I2t rating equal to 3 A squared seconds is recommended.
3For operation in a higher ambient temperature, derating may be necessary.
Description Specification
Electrical ratings
Operating voltage range 70–140 Vac, 200–280 Vac 3 VA burden
Variable differential range See Operating Curves below
Repeatability ±0.5 Vac of setting
Solid-state contacts 2 A continuous maximum inductive or resistive, 132 Vac maximum 12
Ambient temperature range 3–4 to 140 °F (–20 to 60 °C)
Open contact leakage current 3 mA maximum
Closed contact voltage drop 3 Vac maximum
200 Volts
Minimum
70 Volts 280 Volts
120 Volts
to
Line Volts
to
Relay Contact
Status Dropping
Voltage
Relay Contact Status
Rising Voltage
CW
CCW
CCW
CW
Voltage Adjustment
(Pickup)
Differential
Adjustment
(Dropout)
1 Volt Minimum
Recommended
Differential
Maximum
0 Volts Potentiometer Rotation
200 Volts
Minimum
70 Volts 280 Volts
120 Volts
to
Line Volts
to
Relay Contact
Status Dropping
Voltage
Relay Contact Status
Rising Voltage
CW
CCW
CCW
CW
Voltage Adjustment
(Pickup)
Differential
Adjustment
(Dropout)
1 Volt Minimum
Recommended
Differential
Maximum
0 Volts Potentiometer Rotation
Dropout Voltage
(Variable Between
70 Vac and
1 Vac Less Than
Pickup Voltage)
Diff. Adj. Max. CW
1 Vac
Diff. Adj.
Max. CCW
050
% Rotation Voltage Adj. Control
100
120
or 280
70
or 200
Line Voltage (VA-C)
on Terminals 1 & 2
Pickup Voltage (Variable
from 70 to 120 Vac
or 200 to 280 Vac)
Diff. Adj. Max. CW
Pickup Voltage
(Variable from
100 to 137 Vac
or 200 Vac)
Dropout Voltage
(Variable Between
3 Vac More Than
Pickup Voltage and
140 Vac)
050
% Rotation Voltage Adj. Control
100
140
or 280
100
or 200 3 Vac
Diff. Adj.
Max. CCW
Line Voltage (VA-C)
on Terminals 1 & 2
V5-T5-30 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
4.69 (119.1)
0.5 (12.7)
Catalog Number VSR
3.13
(79.5)
1 (25.4)
2.81
(71.4)
0.16
(4.1)
1.63
(41.4)
0.81
(20.6)
Voltage Input:
Terminals 1 and 2
Solid-State Output:
Terminals 3 and 4
0.17 (4.3) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots Lock
Nut
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-31
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . V5-T5-32
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
Product Overview
D64R Series—
Digital Ground Fault Relays
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices.
Microprocessor-based D64R
GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements.
These devices are designed to
provide reliable detection of
ground fault conditions on
three-phase AC resistance
grounded or solidly grounded
electrical distribution systems.
D64L Series—
Ground Fault Monitors
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded supplies
on three-phase AC power
systems up to 600 V. If an
insulation fault develops
anywhere on the system
between the source and the
load, the D64L will detect it
and give an alarm or trip,
depending on the adjustable
field settings selected.
The D64L is ideally suited for
systems supplied from the
secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye connected
transformer.
Because D64L has high
immunity from the effects of
voltage transients and cable
capacitance, it may be applied
in automotive, sub-sea,
mobile lighting, portable
generators, sensitive
equipment and other
installations where
ungrounded systems are
used extensively.
The user is able to individually
set the alarm level and the
trip level from 20%–80% of
the maximum leakage current
limit of the D64L selected.
Any leakage current above
the alarm level will activate
the alarm relay and light the
alarm LED. Should the
leakage current rise above
the trip level, the trip relay
and trip LED will activate.
V5-T5-32 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-33
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-33
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-33
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-34
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-35
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-36
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-37
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-39
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Product Description
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices.
Microprocessor-based D64R
GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements.
These devices are designed to
provide reliable detection of
ground fault conditions on
three-phase AC resistance
grounded or solidly grounded
electrical distribution systems.
Application Description
D64R ground fault relays
feature adjustable trip
settings for both trip current
and trip time. This allows the
user to set the ground fault
trip current just above the
“charging” current of the
system. This prevents
nuisance tripping and
provides meaningful
protection of additional
ground fault leakage currents.
Every system has a
“charging” current that can
cause nuisance tripping if the
trip current is set too low. The
“charging” current is caused
by the capacitance-to-ground
effect of phase conductors in
a system and will vary
depending on:
The overall length of the
cables
The types of loads
The quality of the
insulation on the phase
conductors
Surrounding equipment
grounding, cable trays,
junction boxes, and so on
Type and size of
transformer
A “rule-of-thumb” for
systems 600 V and lower:
the “charging” current is
0.5 A per 1000 kVA of
transformer capacity.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-33
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Features
Standard Models
Built-in current sensor
(zero sequence CT)
Run and trip indicating
LEDs
Built-in harmonic filtering
for variable frequency
drives or standard 50/60 Hz
applications (see Page
V5-T5-36 for frequency
response range)
DIN rail or panel mounting
Rugged epoxy
encapsulated construction
Pull-apart terminal block
connectors
Form “Z” (4 terminal) NO
and NC output contacts,
5 amps at 250 Vac
Pulsed (trip) auto reset
mode
The pulsed (trip) auto reset
mode is designed for
applications where the output
relay is operating a shunt trip
device. The D64R relay resets
automatically, three seconds
after the ground fault current
is interrupted by the tripping
action of the circuit breaker.
This opens the output contact
wired to the shunt trip coil
and prevents damage to the
internal mechanism of the
circuit breaker in the event
that the operator tries to
reset the circuit breaker.
Suitable for use on 600 V
systems—may be applied
on higher voltages by using
separate CTs with power
conductors insulated for
the system voltage
Built-in test circuitry—no
external power or
additional wiring is
necessary—tests trip time
and current settings
Communications port
(standard RJ-10 jack) for
connection to optional
remote display (D64D1)
and door mounted
units (on D64RPB100
models only)
Fail-safe selectable
mode (on D64RPB100
models only)
In the fail-safe mode, the
relay is energized when
control voltage is applied and
will trip when either:
a ground fault trip is
detected or,
there is a loss of control
power.
Service Protection Models
Service protection models
require C311CT
10,000:1 ratio CTs
Trip current range of 50 to
1200 A
Green LED indicates
“Power On
Circuit breaker toggle
position indicates
“Normal” or “Tripped”
condition
Form “C” (3 terminal)
NO-NC output contacts,
3 amps at 250 Vac
Frequency response range
of 40 to 200 Hz
Zone interlocking feature
with green LED to indicate
“Grading Input Active” and
DIP switch array for zone
grading backup delay and
block signal override (on
D64RPBH15 model only)
Test button to invoke test
at 20 A trip current—tests
external CT, electronics and
circuit breaker trip
Fail-safe selectable mode
(see above for description)
Inhibit selectable mode—
this allows the relay to
differentiate between
normal ground fault trip
levels and short circuit
conditions
The trip inhibit function is
useful when the relay is being
used to trip a contactor or
motor starter on a solidly
grounded system. Under a
bolted fault condition, the relay
would trip and could cause the
contactor or motor starter to
interrupt the high fault current
with harmful results. By
inhibiting the trip, the ground
fault relay will not trip on
bolted faults and will allow the
upstream protective device to
clear the fault instead.
Through-the-door or rear
panel mounting
Options
Other ranges of trip
currents and times
Fixed trip current and times
Other control voltages
Custom packaging for
volume OEM requirements
Separate outputs for
alarming vs trip
Relays for neutral
grounding resistance
monitoring
Relays for ground fault
detection on DC power
systems
Other sizes of current
transformers
Standards and Certifications
UL 1053
Ground Fault Sensing
and Relaying Equipment,
Class 1
(UL File # E195341)
CSA® C22.2 No. 144-M91
Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters
(CSA File # 700103)
CE Mark—Declaration of
Conformity
IEC 60755
General Requirements
for residual current
operated protective
devices
EN 50081-1
Electromagnetic
compatibility (radiated
emission), “household”
directive
D64R ground fault relays
are UL listed as Class 1
devices designed to protect
electrical equipment against
extensive damage from
arcing ground faults.
V5-T5-34 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
Standard Models
When Ordering, Specify
Catalog number of relay from tables
Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required,
remote digital display or remote indicator units
Ground Fault Relay with Built-In Current Sensor
Service Protection Models
When Ordering, Specify
Catalog number of relay from tables
Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required,
remote digital display or remote indicator units
Ground Fault Relay
Notes
1 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 100 amps.
2 For 500:1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.
3 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 200 amps.
4 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 amp secondary CT with the same ratio.
5 For 10,000: 1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.
Control Power
Trip Current
Range
Current Transformer
Selection
Catalog
Number
24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–6 A Built-in 1.1 in CT 1
If external CT is required for specific application,
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
D64RP18
24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–9 A Built-in 2.0 in CT 3
If external CT is required for specific application,
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
D64RPB100_
3–900 A Select 500:5 ratio CT 4D64RPB100_
30–9000 A Select 5000:5 ratio CT 4D64RPB100_
24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–9 A Requires use of applicable C331CT,
see Page V5-T5-35.
D64RPB30
D64RP18
without Plug-In
D64RPB100
Full-Featured Ground
Fault Relay
D64RPB30
without Internal CT
Control
Power
Zone
Interlocking
Feature
Trip Current
Range
Current Transformer
Selection
Catalog
Number
120 Vac No 50 A–1200 A Select 10,000:1 ratio CT 5D64RPBH13
120 Vac Yes 50 A–1200 A Select 10,000:1 ratio CT 5D64RPBH15
D64RPBH15 Ground
Fault Relay with Zone
Interlocking
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-35
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Accessories
Zero Sequence Current
Transformers
A complete size range of
zero sequence CTs
designed specifically for
use with D64R relays
provide excellent coupling
to the monitored circuit.
This means accurate
ground fault leakage
current detection over the
full setting range of the relay
with no saturation
Built-in back-to-back zeners
across the output terminals
of all 500:1 and 10,000:1
CTs provide personnel
safety should the secondary
circuit be opened
Rectangular split core CTs
make retro-fitting easy
All CTs are epoxy potted,
panel mounted and come
with either secondary
screw terminals or
threaded studs
The core is very high grade
silicon iron to give superior
coupling characteristics
and to withstand high
shock and vibration
All CTs are 600 Volt class.
They may be used on
higher voltage circuits
provided that power
conductors are insulated
for the system voltage
Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RP18 and D64RPB100 Relay 123
To r o i d a l
Split Core (Rectangular/Square)
Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15 Relays
To r o i d a l
Notes
1 D64RP18 relays use 500:1 ratio CTs if needed.
2 D64RPB100 relays can use 500:1 ratio CTs when needed for 30 mA–9 A,
500:5 ratio for 3 A–900 A and 5000:5 ratio for 30 A–9000 A trip current ranges.
3 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 Amp
secondary CT with the same ratio.
4 The maximum allowable continuous current through CTs is 1000 A.
5 The maximum allowable continuous current through 10,000:1 ratio CTs is 10,000 A.
Description/Window Size
Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
Catalog
Number
1.1 in (28 mm) C311CT8
1.8 in (46 mm) C311CT1
2.5 in (65 mm) C311CT9
3.5 in (90 mm) C311CT2
5.7 in (144 mm) C311CT5
9.5 in (240 mm) C311CT6
Description/Window Size
Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
Catalog
Number
5.9 x 6.7 in (150 x 170 mm) C311CT3
4.0 x 13.8 in (100 x 350 mm) C311CT4
11.8 x 11.8 in (300 x 300 mm) C311CT7
Description/Window Size
Ratio 10,000:1 CTs 5
Catalog
Number
2.5 in (65 mm) C311CT11
5.7 in (144 mm) C311CT12
9.5 in (240 mm) C311CT13
C311CT9
V5-T5-36 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D64D1 Digital Display Unit
The D64D1 digital display unit
is connected to the
D64RPB100 by up to 30 ft
(10m) of standard four-wire
telephone type cable. It is
supplied with door-mounting
hardware. It provides the
following remote indications
and functions:
Continuous reading of
actual ground fault current,
employing auto ranging
Display of the pre-trip
ground fault current, after a
trip has occurred (flashing
display)
Display of the trip current
setting, after a Test Trip has
been activated
Green RUN LED, red
TRIP LED
TEST and RESET
pushbuttons. The RESET
button must be held
pressed before the TEST is
pressed to invoke the test
procedure. The function of
this button can be enabled/
disabled by inserting the
interconnecting cable from
the D64RPB100 relay into
one of two sockets, TEST
ON or TEST OFF, on the
right side of the display
Pushing VERIFY
pushbutton shows if
D64RPB100 tripped due to
a ground fault prior to loss
of its control voltage—red
TRIP LED lights, or if there
was no ground fault trip—
green RUN LED lights. This
indication will remain
available for at least ten
hours
The Numerical LCD window
displays actual ground fault
current in amps. When a
5000:5 ratio interposing CT
is used, all displayed values
are to be interpreted as kA
rather than amps
Remote Display Unit for D64RPB100
Technical Data and Specifications
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Note
1With zone interlocking feature.
Description
Catalog
Number
Remote digital display with numerical LCD, RUN and TRIP LEDs,
TEST,
RESET and VERIFY
pushbuttons: C/W 3 ft (1 m) of cable.
D64D1
Catalog
Number
Control
Power
Volts)
Frequency
Response
(Hz)
Trip Current Range Trip Time Delay Range Built-In
Current
Sensor
External Current Transformer Test/Reset Provision
Min. Max. Min. Max. Required Ratio
Pushbutton
on Cover Remote
D64RP18 24–240 Vac/Vdc
non-isolated
45–450 Hz 30 mA 6 A 20 ms 500 ms 1.1 in Optional 500:1 No Pushbutton
D64RPB100 24–240 Vac/Vdc
isolated
45–450 Hz 30 mA 9 A 20 ms 5 sec 2.0 in Optional 500:1 Yes Pushbutton or
RJ-11
Communications
port
3 A 900 A Required 500:5
30 A 9000 A Required 5000:5
D64RPBH13 120 Vac 45–200 Hz 50 A 1200 A 35 ms 1 sec None Required 10000:1 Yes Pushbutton
D64RPBH15 1 120 Vac 40–200 Hz 50 A 1200 A 35 ms 1 sec None Required 10000:1 Yes Pushbutton
D64D1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-37
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Wiring Diagrams
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 Using Built-In Current
Tr a n s f o rm e r
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 with External 500:1
Current Transformer and Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 Using Built-In
Current Transformer and Remote Test/Reset
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with Interposing
500:5 Current Transformer, Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset for Shunt
Trip Breaker
1M
O/L
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Power
Source
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
R
1M
1M
START STOP
O/L
Trip
Reset “Double
Click for Test” T
“Double Click
for Test”
(Pulsed
Trip-Auto Reset)
T
Power
Source
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
LOAD
500:1 C311CT
SERIES
ST
GF Trip Range:
30 mA to 9 A.
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
Power Source
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
1M
START
STOP
Remote
Test/Reset
1M
O/L
R
Trip
1M
O/L
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Current
Carrying
Neutral,
When Used
Power Source
GF Trip Range:
3 A to 900 A
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
LOAD
INTERPOSING 500:5
ST
GROUNDED
SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
V5-T5-38 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with External 500:1
Current Transformer (C311CT Series) Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset
for Shunt Trip Breaker
D64RPBH13 Typical Field Connections
D64RPBH15 Typical Field Connection
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
Current
Carrying
Neutral,
When Used
Power Source
GF Trip
Range:
30 mA to 9 A
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
LOAD
500:1 C311CT SERIES
ST
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
C311CT
Current
Transformer
CB Coil
Clearing
Contact
Power
Source
ST
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
LOAD
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
C311CT
Current
Transformer
CB Coil
Clearing
Contact
Power
Source
ST
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
LOAD
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
To
Upstream
Zone From Downstream Zone
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-39
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D64RP18
D64RPB100
35 mm
DIN Rail
DIN Rail
Release
Clip
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw Right Hand Side View
2.76 (70)
1.26
(32)
1.77 (45)
1.38
(35)
2.36
(60)
2.76
(70) 1.38
(35)
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
1.10 (28)
Dia.
4.43
(112.5)
1.38
(35)
3.58
(91)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw Bottom Side View
3.94
(100)
2.17 (55)
35 mm
DIN Rail
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
DIN Rail
Release
3.94 (100)
2.36
(60)
1.38
(35)
2.76
(70)
0.20 (5)
2.00
(50.8)
Dia.
3.35 (85)
0.30 (7.5)
1.97
(50)
4.02
(102)
0.82 (21)
1.77 (45)
3.94 (100)
V5-T5-40 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15
D64D1 and D64D2
Through-the-Door Mounting
4.92
(125)
0.30 (7.5) Mounting Hole
0.158 (4) Dia.
4.01
(102)
Door
Cutout
4.33
(110)
3.74 (95)
0.16 (4)
0.30
(7.5)
0.16 (4)
3.15 (80)
2.83 (72)
Door Cutout
Right Side View
4.14 (105)
0.59
(15)
3.94 (100)
4.92
(125) 3.94
(100)
0.73
(18.4)
35 mm
DIN Rail
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
DIN Rail
Release 3.94
(100)
2.36 (60)
1.38
(35)
2.76 (70)
0.20 (5)
3.35
(85)
0.30
(7.5)
3.27
(83)
Panel
Cutout
2.72 (69)
Panel Cutout
Rear View Through-the-Panel MountingRight Side View
1.02
(26)
0.83
(21)
2.68 (68)
3.19 (81)
0.41
(10.5)
1.46
(37)
3.27
(83)
0.31
(8) 3.74
(95)
1.82
(46.2)
M5
M5
3.27
(83)
3.74
(95)
1.50
(38)
1.38
(35)
0.94
(24)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-41
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C311CT Series
Catalog
Number Figure
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
EFGH
C311CT1 A 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 1.57 (40) 0.98 (25) 0.39 (10) 1.81 (46)
C311CT2 B 7.30 (185) 5.50 (140) 1.20 (30) 6.42 (163) 0.59 (15) 3.54 (90) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT3 C 13.58 (345) 8.75 (222) 1.57 (40) 12.80 (325) 0.59 (15) 6.70 (170) 5.90 (150) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT4 C 20.87 (530) 7.87 (200) 1.57 (40) 20.08 (510) 0.59 (15) 13.78 (350) 3.94 (100) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT5 B 10.12 (257) 8.27 (210) 1.46 (37) 9.33 (237) 0.59 (15) 5.70 (145) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT6 B 13.86 (352) 11.89 (302) 1.46 (37) 13.07 (332) 0.59 (15) 9.45 (240) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT8 A 2.17 (55) 2.56 (65) 2.20 (56) 0.98 (25) 0.59 (15) 1.10 (28)
C311CT9 B 6.68 (167) 4.84 (123) 1.18 (30) 5.78 (147) 0.59 (15) 2.56 (65) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT11 B 6.68 (167) 4.84 (123) 1.18 (30) 5.78 (147) 0.59 (15) 2.56 (65) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT12 B 10.12 (257) 8.27 (210) 1.85 (47) 9.33 (237) 0.59 (15) 5.70 (145) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT13 B 13.86 (352) 11.89 (302) 1.85 (47) 13.07 (332) 0.59 (15) 9.45 (240) 0.89 (22.5)
BB
A C
C
Figure A Figure B Figure C
E
E
Split (If Split Core)
HC
D
F
D
A
H
E
D
A
F
FB
G
Threaded
Studs
M4 1 mm
Note: All Mounting Holes Are 0.25 (6.4) Dia.
V5-T5-42 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Contents
Description Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . V5-T5-32
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Product Description
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded supplies
on three-phase AC power
systems up to 600 V. If an
insulation fault develops
anywhere on the system
between the source and the
load, the D64L will detect it
and give an alarm or trip,
depending on the adjustable
field settings selected.
The D64L is ideally suited for
systems supplied from the
secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye connected
transformer.
Because D64L has high
immunity from the effects of
voltage transients and cable
capacitance, it may be applied
in automotive, sub-sea,
mobile lighting, portable
generators, sensitive
equipment and other
installations where
ungrounded systems are
used extensively.
The user is able to individually
set the alarm level and the
trip level from 20%–80% of
the maximum leakage current
limit of the D64L selected.
Any leakage current above
the alarm level will activate
the alarm relay and light the
alarm LED. Should the
leakage current rise above
the trip level, the trip relay
and trip LED will activate.
Features
Adjustable leakage current
limit setting (20 mA, 35 mA
or 50 mA). Factory set at
20 mA
Built-in RESET button on all
models
Selectable fail-safe/non-fail-
safe operation
Auto reset after alarm
condition
Selectable auto/manual
reset after trip
Three LEDs for POWER
ON, ALARM and TRIP
Three LEDs to indicate
which phase is faulted
Adjustable alarm setting
20%–80% of leakage
current limit
Adjustable trip setting
20%–80% of leakage
current limit
70 ms response time for
alarm and trip level.
Resample time—
2 seconds
Minimum alarm signal
duration—70 ms
110/120 V or 220/240 V
50/60 Hz control power,
4VA
Isolated voltage free Form
Z NO and NC contacts on
both alarm and trip relays,
5 A at 250 Vac
30 A 600 V screw
terminals, 12 AWG
capacity, for phase and
ground connections
10 A 300 V screw clamp
terminals, 12 AWG
capacity for relay outputs
and control supply
CSA certified
35 mm DIN rail or two
screw mounting
Suggested Fuse Block and Fuses
DIN rail mounting
1–C350BD3C61 600 V
30 A three-pole fuse
block
3–Class CC 600 V 5 A fuses
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-43
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
When Ordering, Specify
Catalog number of ground fault monitor
Catalog number of fuse block and fuses as required
Fuse Block
Line Insulation Monitors
Wiring Diagram
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Mounting Type Fuse Holder Rating Fuse Type
Catalog
Number
DIN rail 600 V 30 A three-pole Class CC 600 V 5 A WMR633G
Line Voltage Range 50/60 Hz Fuse Type
Catalog
Number
380–600 V 110/120 V 50/60 Hz D64L2A
220/240 V 50/60 Hz D64L2B
480 V
Transformer
Secondary
Load
3-Pole HRC Fusing
Alarm
Trip
120 Vac
ST
123456789
10
D64L2
Power
Ok
Trip
Current
Alarm
Current
Alarm
AlarmTrip
120 Vac
Trip
Suggested Test Circuit
1-Pole Deadfront Fuseholder
with 0.5 A HRC Fuse
20% 80% 20% 80%
L1 L2
Reset
L3 G L1L2L3 Resistor – Refer to
Instruction Manual
NO Momentary Contact
Pushbutton Rated 600 Volts
Separate Connection
to Equipment Ground
3.94
(100.1)
2.36 (59.1)
5.31
(134.9)
3.00 (76.2)
6.14
(155.9)
V5-T5-44 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.2
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Contents
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Product Description
Eliminates need for
separate overload relay
Application Description
Can be used with
contactor to eliminate need
for overload relay and still
create manual motor
control
Meets requirement for
motor branch protection,
including:
Disconnecting means
Branch circuit short
circuit protection
Overload protection
Reference
Refer to Volume 4—Circuit Protection, CA08100005E, Tab 2,
section 2.2 for additional product information.
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Features and Benefits
Phase imbalance
protection
Phase loss protection
Hot trip/cold trip
High load alarm
Pre-detection trip relay
option
Class 10, 15, 20, 30
protection
Standards and Certifications
IEC 60947-2
UL 489 100% rated
UL 508
CSA C22.2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-45
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Manual Motor Protection
Manual Motor Protection
Contents
Description Page
Manual Motor Protection
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE
Product Description
Eaton’s new XT family of
manual motor protectors
(MMPs) features a
pushbutton or rotary ON/OFF
manual disconnect, Class 10
adjustable bimetallic overload
relay and fixed magnetic
short-circuit trip capability
in one compact unit. Two
frame sizes are available:
Frame B (45 mm) for motors
with FLA ratings up to 32 A
and Frame D (55 mm) covers
motor FLA ratings up to 65 A.
Application Description
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
can be used in the following
applications.
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
In many countries outside
of the United States and
Canada, especially Europe,
the MMPs are tested and
classified as thermal-
magnetic circuit breakers
for use in motor branch
circuits. This can be an
important consideration for all
companies who export their
equipment and machines
internationally. Both the XTPB
and XTPR conform to IEC/EN
60947 and have the CE Mark.
Manual Motor Protectors
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
are UL listed under UL 508 as
manual motor protectors. They
provide an economical solution
for applications requiring
simple manual starting and
stopping of motors. When
used as a manual starter, they
are typically installed in an
enclosure. Many enclosures
are offered as accessories for
the MMPs. Separate short-
circuit protective devices, such
as circuit breakers or fuses, are
wired ahead of the MMPs. The
short-circuit protective device
should be sized per the NEC
and should not exceed 400%
of the maximum FLA dial
setting of the MMP.
Individual Branch Motor
Applications
A UL 508 Type E self-
protected manual
combination starter/motor
controller consists of a single
device possessing four
essential elements:
disconnect, short circuit
protection, motor controller,
and motor overload
protection. Some MMPs
require use of a lineside
adapter for this type of
approval. When tested as an
official combination by UL,
this device takes the place of
a fuse-starter or breaker-
starter, XT Type E MMPs are
self-protected, meaning they
do not need additional short
circuit protection of a fuse or
breaker. Type E devices can
also be used with a contactor
or other types of UL approved
controllers. If tested with a
contactor, the combination
motor controller becomes a
Type F device. See Tab 1 of
this volume, section 1.1 for
XTFC Type F devices.
V5-T5-46 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.3
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Manual Motor Protection
Features and Benefits
ON/OFF rotary handle with
lockout provision
Visible trip indication
Class 10 overload
protection
Phase loss sensitivity
Ambient temperature
compensation to IEC/EN
60947, VDE 0660
Fixed short-circuit trip—
14 times maximum setting
of overload FLA dial
Type 2 coordination per
IEC 947
Identification markers
standard on starter
faceplate
Motor applications from
0.1 A to 65 A
Built-in heater and
magnetic trip elements
to protect the motor
Adjustment dial for setting
motor FLA
DIN rail mount
Terminal types available:
Screw terminals
Screw (line) and spring
cage (load) terminals
Spring cage terminals
Accessories include:
Front and side auxiliary
contacts
Trip indicating contacts
Tamperproof cover for
OLR dial
Undervoltage release
Shunt trip
Through-the-door
operators
Enclosures
Three-phase line side
connecting links
Standards and Certifications
CE approved
UL listed File No. E245398
UL 508 group motor and
Type E compliant
IEC/EN 60947
CSA File 229767, Class
3211-05
DIN VDE 0660 Part 100,
Part 101 and Part 102
Catalog Number Selection
XT Manual Motor Protectors
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
Manual Motor Protectors Tab Section
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Type
PB = Manual motor protector—
pushbutton
PR = Manual motor protector—
rotary
PM = Manual motor protector—
magnetic only
PT = Manual transformer
protector (high mag.)
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
Trip Class
C1 = Class 10
Blank = Magnetic only (no thermal trip)
Frame Size
B= 45 mm
D= 55 mm
Current Ratings
Frame B
P16 = 0.16 A
P25 = 0.25 A
P40 = 0.40 A
P63 = 0.63 A
001 = 1 A
1P6 = 1.6 A
2P5 = 2.5 A
004 = 4 A
6P3 = 6.3 A
010 = 10 A
012 = 12 A
016 = 16 A
020 = 20 A
025 = 25 A
032 = 32 A
Frame D
016 = 16 A
025 = 25 A
032 = 32 A
040 = 40 A
050 = 50 A
058 = 58 A
063 = 63 A
XT PR 012 BC1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-47
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
Overload Relays
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
Product Overview
Overload Relays
XT IEC—Miniature
Product Description
Eaton’s line of
XT
miniature
controls includes non-reversing
and reversing mini contactors,
mini overload relays and snap-
on accessories. A wide range
of applications is possible,
including small electrical
motors from fractional to
5 hp (460 Vac) or up to 4 kW
(400 Vac).
Features
Phase failure sensitivity
Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
Trip Class 10
11 settings to cover
0.1 to 12 A
Ambient temperature
compensated –5 to 50 °C
[23 to 122 °F]
Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
One make (NO) or one
break (NC) auxiliary contact
as standard
Test/Off button
Trip-free release
XT IEC—Thermal
Product Description
The XT line of IEC motor
thermal overload relays
provides an efficient motor
protection solution, available
up to 630 A. XTOB units can
be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
separately.
Features
Direct connect up to 250 A
Stand alone and CT type
up to 630 A
Large thermal overcurrent
range
Te s t b u tt o n
Manual/automatic
selectable reset
NO-NC auxiliary as
standard
Class 10A (to 250 A)
Class 30 (CT type)
Freedom
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are
designed for use with CE
or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
overload protection up
to 144 A.
Features
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
motors. Heater packs for
32 A overload relay will
mount in 75 A overload
relay—useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
Class 10 or 20
heater packs
Load lugs built into
relay base
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
Overload trip indication
C440/XTOE
Product Description
Eaton’s C440 electronic
overload relay is the most
compact, high-featured,
economical product in its
class. Designed on a global
platform, the C440 covers
the entire power control
spectrum including NEMA®,
IEC and DP contactors. The
NEMA and DP versions are
offered with the C440
designation while the IEC
offering has the XT
designation. The electronic
design provides reliable,
accurate and value driven
protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-to-
use, reliable protection.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175 A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules for
Modbus
®
Serial, DeviceNet™,
PROFIBUS®, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
V5-T5-48 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
C441
Eaton’s Motor Insight, the
first product in the Intelligent
Power Control Solutions
family, is a highly configurable
motor, load and line
protection device with power
monitoring, diagnostics and
flexible communications
allowing the customer to
save energy, optimize their
maintenance schedules and
configure greater system
protection, thus reducing
overall costs and downtime.
Motor Insight is available
in either a line-powered or
120 Vac control powered
design, capable of monitoring
voltages up to 660 Vac. Each
of these units is available in
a 1–9 amp or a 5–90 amp FLA
model. With external CTs,
Motor Insight can protect
motors up to 540 amps FLA.
Available add-on accessories
include remote reset capability
and communication modules
for Modbus RTU, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
For ease-of-use and operator
safety, Motor Insight offers a
remote display that mounts
easily with two 30 mm
knockouts.
The Motor Insight’s functions
consist of:
Motor control
Motor protection
Load protection
Line protection
Monitoring capabilities
C445
Eaton’s Power Xpert, the
most advanced offering in the
Intelligent Power Control
Solutions family, is a fully
configurable global motor
management relay.
C445 provides the highest
level of monitoring accuracy
and the widest range of motor,
load and line protection.
Advanced features include:
Motor efficiency and
torque monitoring
algorithms for added
energy awareness
Voltage loss restart
removes the need for
users to manually restart
motors after momentary
voltage dips by
automatically staggering
restarts
A modular design allows
for system customization
and provides a best-in-class
compact footprint. Power
Xpert is available as a
120/240 Vac or 24 Vdc control
powered device, capable of
monitoring voltages up to
690 Vac (4160 Vac w/PTs).
With external CTs, Power
Xpert can protect motors
up to 800 A. Positive
Temperature Coefficient
Protection (PTC) is available
as an option.
Power Xpert offers on-board
Modbus Serial and USB
connectivity inside and
outside the control panel door
for monitoring and
configuration using Power
Xpert inControl Software.
Available accessories include
communication cards for
EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
and PROFIBUS DVP0/DVP1
as well as a real-time clock
and memory backup module
that provides battery backed-
up fault time-stamping and
non-volatile memory storage
of configuration parameters.
Power Xpert also offers 10
predefined operating modes
and a user interface with
multiple NEMA and IEC
overlays to provide controls
for the selected operation
mode. This allows Power
Xpert to not just protect, but
also control the motor
without the need for specialty
logic devices or application
specific programming time.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-49
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
MP-3000
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Current only device—
no need to add PTs
Intel-I-Trip™ overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
The protection functions are
listed below.
I2t overload protection
(49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
The metering functions are:
Motor currents:
Average current (Iave)
Individual phase and
ground current in
primary amperes
Percent of full load
Percent of phase
imbalance
RTD temperatures:
Individual winding
Motor bearing
Load
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions:
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
Time before start
Remaining starts
allowed
Oldest start time
MP-4000
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Current and Voltage device
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
The protection functions are
listed below.
All functions listed under
MP-3000 as well as:
Undervoltage (27)
Overvoltage (59)
Under power (32)
Negative sequence
voltage imbalance (47)
Power factor (55)
The metering functions are:
All functions listed under
MP-3000 as well as:
Metering
Average current
Amperes: magnitude
and angle in primary
values
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
Average voltage (V ave)
Voltage: magnitude and
angle
Voltage: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
% of full load
% current imbalance
% voltage imbalance
Power, vars and VA
Power factor
Frequency
Energy metering with
time and date stamps
RTD temperatures—
Individual winding
Motor bearing
Load
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions—
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
Time before start
Remaining starts
allowed
Oldest start time
IQ 500
The IQ 500 is a heaterless,
current-sensing, solid-state
motor protective relay with
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
are incorporated into the base
relay (IQ 502/IQ 504) as
standard:
Overload (overcurrent)
protection
Phase imbalance and
phase loss protection
Ground current protection
(Class II)
The base relay can serve as
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
adding the IQ 500M Special
Function Module. The
module can address
application related motor load
functions with the additional
features:
Underload protection
Long acceleration
Jam protection
Load control
The IQ 500 can provide a
cost-effective alternative to
conventional protective relays
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
loss or phase imbalance
relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a low-
cost, local area
communication network,
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
IQ 500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial
applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors,
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
V5-T5-50 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-51
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-51
An Eaton
Green Solution
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-52
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays
Product Description
Eaton’s new line of
XT
miniature controls includes
non-reversing and reversing
mini contactors, mini overload
relays and snap-on
accessories. A wide range of
applications is possible,
including small electrical
motors from fractional to 5 hp
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW (400
Vac).
Application Description
Due to its compact size, the
XT line of mini controls is
best suited to be applied in
light-duty loads, such as
hoisting, packaging, material
handling, heating, lighting and
automation systems. XT mini
contactors are a particularly
compact, economic and
environmentally friendly
solution wherever control
of small motors or loads
is required.
Features
Mini Overload Relays—
Bimetallic
Type XTOM
Phase failure sensitivity
Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
Trip Class 10
11 settings to cover
0.1 to 12 A
Ambient temperature
compensated –5 to 50 °C
[23 to 122 °F]
Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
One make (NO) or one
break (NC) auxiliary contact
as standard
Test/Off button
Trip-free release
Standards and Certifications
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
CCC
ATEX
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51219 XTMC, XTMF Mini Contactors, XTRM Mini
Control Relay and Accessories
Pub51243 XTOM Mini Overload Relays
Pub51206 Mini Reversing Link Kits
MN03402002E XTOM Mini Overload Relays Installation
and User Manual
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-51
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays
Mini Overload Relay Settings (A)
Note
Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established
whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and delta contactors are to be
common or separate.
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
Miniature Overload Relays Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Setting Starting
A: IN x 0.58
Motor protection in the Y and delta configurations.
<15 sec
B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star position.
>40 sec
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec.
Type
OM = Mini overload relay
Trip Class
C1 = Class 10A
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control Frame Size
A = 45 mm mini
XT OM P16 AC1
Overload Release
P16 = 0.1–0.16 A
P24 = 0.16–0.24 A
P40 = 0.24–0.4 A
P60 = 0.4–0.6 A
001 = 0.6–1 A
1P6 = 1–1.6 A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
004 = 2.4–4 A
006 = 4–6 A
009 = 6–9 A
012 = 9–12 A
V5-T5-52 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Thermal Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Thermal Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-53
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-53
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
Thermal Overload Relays
Product Description
The XT line of IEC motor
thermal overload relays
provides an efficient motor
protection solution, available
up to 630 A. XTOB units can
be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
separately.
Features and Benefits
Direct connect up to 250 A
Stand alone and CT type
up to 630 A
Large thermal overcurrent
range
Test button
Manual/automatic
selectable reset
NO-NC auxiliary as
standard
Class 10A (to 250 A)
Class 30 (CT type)
Standards and Certifications
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
ATEX
RoHS
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51221 XTOB, D Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
Pub51222 XTOB, B–C Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
Notes
Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct
device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frames B–G.
Trip Class: 10A
Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.
See manuals MN03402001E and MN03407001E, Page 135.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-53
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
XT IEC Overload Relays
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
Thermal Overload Relays Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
XT OB P16 BC1 S
Type
OB = Bimetallic overload relay
OT = Current transformer overload relay
Device Type
XT = XT line of IEC control Trip Class
C1 = Class 10A
C3 = Class 30
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
S= Separate mount
Frame Size
Designation
B = 45 mm
C = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
G = 90 mm
L = 140 mm
Blank = XTOT only
Overload Release
Frame B
P16 = 0.1–0.16 A
P24 = 0.16–0.24 A
P40 = 0.24–0.4 A
P60 = 0.4–0.6 A
001 = 0.6–1 A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6 A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
004 = 2.4–4 A
006 = 4–6 A
010 = 6–10 A
012 = 9–12 A
016 = 12–16 A
Frame C
P16 = 0.1–0.16 A
P24 = 0.16–0.24 A
P40 = 0.24–0.4 A
P60 = 0.4–0.6 A
001 = 0.6–1 A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6 A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
004 = 2.4–4 A
006 = 4–6 A
010 = 6–10 A
016 = 12–16 A
024 = 16–24 A
032 = 24–32 A
Frame D
010 = 6–10 A
016 = 12–16 A
024 = 16–24 A
040 = 24–40 A
057 = 40–57 A
065 = 50–65 A
075 = 65–75 A
Frame F
035 = 25–35 A
050 = 35–50 A
070 = 50–70 A
100 = 70–100 A
Frame G
035 = 25–35 A
050 = 35–50 A
070 = 50–70 A
100 = 70–100 A
125 = 95–125 A
150 = 120–150 A
175 = 145–175 A
Frame L
070 = 50–70 A
100 = 70–100 A
125 = 95–125 A
160 = 120–160 A
220 = 160–220 A
250 = 200–250 A
Frame M
063 = 42–63 A
090 = 60–90 A
125 = 85–125 A
160 = 110–160 A
240 = 160–240 A
290 = 190–290 A
400 = 170–400 A
540 = 360–540 A
Frame N
063 = 42–63 A
090 = 60–90 A
125 = 85–125 A
160 = 110–160 A
240 = 160–240 A
290 = 190–290 A
400 = 170–400 A
540 = 360–540 A
630 = 420–630 A
V5-T5-54 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
32 A Overload—C306DN3B
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
Freedom Overload Relays
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are
designed for use with CE
or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
overload protection up
to 144 A.
Features
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
motors. Heater packs for
32 A overload relay will
mount in 75 A overload
relay—useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
Class 10 or 20
heater packs
Reference
Refer to Tab 2 of this volume, section 2.1 for additional
product information.
Freedom Overload Relays Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Load lugs built into
relay base
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
Electrically isolated NO-NC
contacts (pull RESET
button to test). (Electrical
ratings see tables in Tab 2
of this volume, section 2.1)
Overload trip indication
Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
possibility of electrical
shock
Standards and Certifications
Meets UL 508 single-
phasing requirements
UL listed, CSA certified
and NEMA compliance
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-55
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-56
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-57
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-59
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-64
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-70
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-76
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Product Description
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is
the most compact, high-
featured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
EOL covers the entire power
control spectrum including
NEMA, IEC and
DP contactors. The NEMA
and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The
electronic design provides
reliable, accurate and value
driven protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-to-
use, reliable protection.
Eaton has a long history of
innovations and product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this
experience that the C440 was
developed, delivering new
solutions to meet today’s
demands.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175 A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules for
Modbus RTU, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
Features and Benefits
Features
Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
Easy to select, install and maintain
Compact size
Flexible, intelligent design
Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
power control
Size/Range
Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500 A)
Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
Direct mounting to NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
Most compact electronic
overload in its class
Motor Control
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
Test/Trip button
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
Phase loss
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase imbalance
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
User Interface
Large FLA selection dial
Trip status indicator
Operating mode LED
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase imbalance and
ground fault
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
Feature Options
Remote reset
120 Vac
24 Vac
24 Vdc
Tamper-proof cover
Communications modules
Modbus RTU RS-485
DeviceNet with I/O
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus RTU with I/O
Ethernet IP with I/O
Modbus TCP with I/O
V5-T5-56 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Benefits
Reliability and Improved
Uptime
C440 provides the users
with peace of mind
knowing that their
assets are protected
with the highest level
of motor protection and
communication capability
in its class
Extends the life of plant
assets with selectable
motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
imbalance and ground fault
Protects against
unnecessary downtime
by discovering changes
in your system (line/load)
with remote monitoring
capabilities
Status LED provides
added assurance that
valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
overload operational status
Flexibility
Available with NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
Improves return on
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs
with wide FLA adjustment
(5:1) and selectable
trip class
Design incorporates built-in
ground fault protection
thus eliminating the need
for separate CTs and
modules
Flexible communication
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
management systems for
remote monitoring and
control
Available as an open
component and in
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
Monitoring Capabilities
Individual phase
currents RMS
Average three-phase
current RMS
Thermal memory
Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
imbalance, ground fault)
Safety
IP 20 rated terminal blocks
Available in Eatons
industry leading FlashGard
MCCs
Tested to the highest
industry standards such
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
RoHS compliant
Standards and Certifications
UL
CSA
CE
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
ISO® 13849-1 (EN954-1)
RoHS
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
Equipment Group 2,
Category 2
Electronic Overload Education
Description Definition Cause Effect if not Protected C440/XT Protection
Motor Protection
Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which
current draw exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating for
an inductive motor.
An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
A low voltage supply to the motor
causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
A poor power factor causing above
normal current draw.
Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
valuable energy.
Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
Trip class is settable from 10A,
10, 20, 30
Ground fault A line to ground fault. A current leakage path to ground. An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if ground fault current
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
Imbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or current between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be imbalanced.
Imbalanced voltage causes large
imbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of imbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-57
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1
C440 Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA 2
Notes
1See Page V5-T5-59 for Product Selection.
2See Page V5-T5-61 for Product Selection.
3On non-GF version only.
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
OE = Electronic overload relay
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
P = Pass-Through
S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
Trip Type
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
Overload Range
Contactor Frame
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
B = 45 mm
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
045 = 9–45 A
C = 45 mm
045 = 9–45 A
100 = 20–100 A
D = 55 mm
100 = 20–100 A F, G = 105 mm
175 = 35–175 A G, H = 105 mm
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
Trip Class
S = Selectable—10A 3, 10, 20, 30 3
Overload Range
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
045 = 9–45 A
100 = 20–100 A
140 = 28–140 A
Frame Size
A =45 mm
B =55 mm
C = 110 mm
C440 A 1 A 005 S F1
Device Type
C440 = Electronic overload relay
Feature Set
1 = Standard
2 = Ground fault sensing
Reset Type
A = Selectable
Auto/Manual
Contactor Size
F00 = Freedom Size 00
F0 = Freedom Size 0
F1 = Freedom Size 1
F2 = Freedom Size 2
F3 = Freedom Size 3
F4 = Freedom Size 4
AX = Separate mount
PX = Pass-Through
V5-T5-58 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 1
Notes
1See Page V5-T5-62 for Product Selection.
2NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
3NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–3 are 24/60 only.
4NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60–300 A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5 A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
Device Type
A = Starter
Contactor Frame Size
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Amperes
A =
B =
C =
D =
G =
K =
M =
N =
S =
00
0
1C
1
2
3
4C
4
5
9
18
27
27
45
90
135
135
270
Device Assembly
Configuration
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
Standard
N = NEMA
OLR Type
9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
For Starters
Starter Mounting Option
0 = Horizontal
AC Coil Suffix
Suffix Volts and Hertz
A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
H=
J=
K=
L=
N=
T=
U=
V=
W=
Y=
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60
277/60
208–240/60 2
240/50
380–415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 3
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50
C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
5G = Ground fault feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20)
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 =15 A
020 =420 A
NEMA Size 0
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 =15 A
020 =420 A
NEMA Size 1/1C
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 =15 A
020 =420 A
045 =945 A
NEMA Size 2
005 =15 A
020 =420 A
045 =945 A
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100 A
NEMA Size 4/4C
140 = 28–140 A
NEMA Size 5 4
300 = 60–300 A
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-59
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Product Selection
XT Electronic Overload Relays
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
Contact
Sequence
Frame
Size
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration Type Catalog Number
B XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
0.33–1.65 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65 XTOE1P6BCS
1–5 ZEB12-5 XTOE005BCS
4–20 ZEB12-20 XTOE020BCS
C XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
0.33–1.65 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65 XTOE1P6CCS
1–5 ZEB32-5 XTOE005CCS
4–20 ZEB32-20 XTOE020CCS
9–45 ZEB32-45 XTOE045CCS
D XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
9–45 45 mm NO-NC ZEB65-45 XTOE045DCS
20–100 55 mm ZEB65-100 XTOE100DCS
F XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…,
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS
G XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175 XTOE175GCS
H XTCE185H… 35–175 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175 XTOE175HCS
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
Contact
Sequence
Frame
Size
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration Type Catalog Number
B XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
0.33–1.65 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65-GF XTOE1P6BGS
1–5 ZEB12-5-GF XTOE005BGS
4–20 ZEB12-20-GF XTOE020BGS
C XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
0.33–1.65 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65-GF XTOE1P6CGS
1–5 ZEB32-5-GF XTOE005CGS
4–20 ZEB32-20-GF XTOE020CGS
9–45 ZEB32-45-GF XTOE045CGS
D XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
9–45 45 mm NO-NC ZEB65-45-GF XTOE045DGS
20–100 55 mm ZEB65-100-GF XTOE100DGS
F XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…,
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS
G XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175-GF XTOE175GGS
H XTCE185H… 35–175 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175-GF XTOE175HGS
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
with Ground Fault
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
V5-T5-60 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R) 1
Use CTs and 1–5 A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
XT
Contactor
Frame
For Use with IEC
Contactor Amp
Range (AC-3)
CT Range
(Amps) Description
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
L, M 185–500 A 60-300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated lugs ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
M, N 300–820 A 120-600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT600 (2) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
N 580–1000 A 200-1000 1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1000 (3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
R 1600 A 300-1500 1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1500 (4) 750 kcmil
1/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
Overload
Range (Amps)
Frame
Size
Contact
Sequence Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
0.33–1.65 45 mm ZEB32-1.65/KK XTOE1P6CCSS XTOE1P6CGSS
1–5 ZEB32-5/KK XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS
4–20 ZEB32-20/KK XTOE020CCSS XTOE020CGSS
9–45 ZEB32-45/KK XTOE045CCSS XTOE045CGSS
20–100 55 mm ZEB150-100/KK XTOE100GCSS XTOE100GGSS
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175/KK XTOE175GCSS XTOE175GGSS
Overload
Range (Amps)
Frame
Size
Contact
Sequence Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175/PT XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP
1–6 A OL with CTs
45 mm XT for
Separate Mount
1359795
2469896
1359795
2469896
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-61
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
C440 Electronic Overload Relays
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to
Freedom Series Contactors
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for use with NEMA Contactors Sizes 5–8
Use CTs and 1–5 A C440 overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Pass-Through Design
Notes
1 CN15 contactor listed is non-reversing with a 120 Vac coil. For more options, see Tab 2 in this volume, section 2.1.
2 ZEB kits are not recommended for use with C440 overload relays with ground fault option.
For Use with
Freedom NEMA
Contactor Size
For Use with
Contactor 1
Overload
Range (Amps)
Standard
Feature Set
Catalog Number
Standard Feature Set
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
00 CN15AN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF00 C440A2A1P6SF00
1–5 C440A1A005SF00 C440A2A005SF00
4–20 C440A1A020SF00 C440A2A020SF00
0 CN15BN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF0 C440A2A1P6SF0
1–5 C440A1A005SF0 C440A2A005SF0
4–20 C440A1A020SF0 C440A2A020SF0
1 CN15DN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF1 C440A2A1P6SF1
1–5 C440A1A005SF1 C440A2A005SF1
4–20 C440A1A020SF1 C440A2A020SF1
9–45 C440A1A045SF1 C440A2A045SF1
2 CN15GN3_B 1–5 C440A1A005SF2 C440A2A005SF2
4–20 C440A1A020SF2 C440A2A020SF2
9–45 C440A1A045SF2 C440A2A045SF2
3 CN15KN3_ 20–100 C440B1A100SF3 C440B2A100SF3
4 CN15NN3_ 28–140 C440C1A140SF4 C440C2A140SF4
For Use with NEMA
Contactor Size
CT Range
(Amps) Description
CT Kit
Catalog Number 2
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
5 60–300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
6 120–600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT600 (2) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
7 200–1000 1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1000 (3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
8 300–1500 1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1500 (4) 750 kcmil
1/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
Overload Range Frame Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
0.33–1.65 45 mm C440A1A1P6SAX C440A2A1P6SAX
1–5 C440A1A005SAX C440A2A005SAX
4–20 C440A1A020SAX C440A2A020SAX
9–45 C440A1A045SAX C440A2A045SAX
20–100 55 mm C440B1A100SAX C440B2A100SAX
28–140 110 mm C440C1A140SAX C440C2A140SAX
Overload Range Frame Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
28–140 110 mm C440C1A140SPX C440C2A140SPX
35–175 XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP
45 mm C440 for
Direct Mount
1–5 A OL with CTs
45 mm C440 for
Separate Mount
V5-T5-62 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
Non-Reversing and Reversing
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
Non-Reversing and Reversing
Coil Suffix Codes C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)
Notes
1Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above.
3NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60–300 A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5 A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
Single-Phase Three-Phase
115 V230 V208 V240 V480 V600 VCatalog Number Catalog Number
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5E _ AN59AN0_ 5E _
018 21 123355AN19BN0_ 5E _ AN59BN0_ 5E _
127 32 237-1/27-1/21010AN19DN0_ 5E _ AN59DN0_ 5E _
2 45 52 3 7-1/210152525AN19GN0_ 5E _ AN59GN0_ 5E _
3 90 104 25305050AN19KN0_ 5E _ AN59KN0_ 5E _
4 135 156 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5E _ AN59NN0_ 5E _
5 3270 311 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5E _ AN59SN0_ 5E _
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
Single-Phase Three-Phase
115 V230 V208 V240 V480 V600 VCatalog Number Catalog Number
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5G _ AN59AN0_ 5G _
018 21 123355AN19BN0_ 5G _ AN59BN0_ 5G _
127 32 237-1/27-1/21010AN19DN0_ 5G _ AN59DN0_ 5G _
2 45 52 3 7-1/210152525AN19GN0_ 5G _ AN59GN0_ 5G _
3 90 104 25305050AN19KN0_ 5G _ AN59KN0_ 5G _
4 135 156 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5G _ AN59NN0_ 5G _
5 3270 311 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5G _ AN59SN0_ 5G _
NEMA Starter
NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault
Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz
A120/60 or 110/50 L380–415/50
B240/60 or 220/50 N550/50
C480/60 or 440/50 T24/60, 24/50
D600/60 or 550/50 U24/50
E208/60 V32/50
H277/60 W48/60
J208–240/60 Y48/50
K240/50
NEMA Size OLR Code FLA Range OLR Code FLA Rating
00 1P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A
005 1.0–5.0 A
01P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A
005 1.0–5.0 A
11P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A
005 1.0–5.0 A 045 9.0–45 A
2005 1.0–5.0 A 045 9.0–45 A
020 4.0–20 A
3100 20–100 A
4140 28–140 A
5 3300 60–300 A
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-63
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters
New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only.
Non-Reversing
Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole
Non-Reversing Single-Phase Three-Phase
115 V230 V208 V240 V480 V600 VCatalog Number
Standard Fault Overload
1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5E_
4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5E_
Ground Fault Overload
1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5G_
4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5G_
NEMA
Size
Rated Current
(Amperage)
AC3/AC4 Operations
1C 27/150 2,500,000/40,000
1 27/153 5,000,000/110,000
4C 135/516 500,000/40,000
4 135/822 800,000/70,000
V5-T5-64 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Accessories
CT Kits
Accessories
Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Basic Communication via
Expansion Module—
Monitoring Only
Basic communication on
the C440 is accomplished
using an expansion module
(C440-XCOM). The expansion
module plugs into the
expansion bay on the C440
overload relay, enabling
communications with the
overload via their Modbus
RTU (RS-485) network. No
additional cards or modules are
required. See figure below.
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced
Communication—
Monitoring and Control
C440 also has the ability to
communicate on industrial
protocols such as Modbus
RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP
while providing control
capability using I/O.
An expansion module (C440-
XCOM) combined with a
communication module
allows easy integration onto
the customer's network.
Seefigurebelow.
Advanced Communication—
Communication Module
Advanced
Communication—
Communication Modules
C440 communication modules,
wired to the C440-XCOM
give C440 control capability
via communications. The
communication modules
offer flexible mounting
options (DIN rail or panel)
along with four inputs (24 Vdc
or 120 Vac) and two outputs
as standard.
Note
1Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
Description Catalog Number
Safety Cover
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
ZEB-XRB
Remote Reset
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1C440-XCOM
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1ZEB-XRR-24
Safety Cover
Reset Bar
Remote Reset
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-65
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
Motor status—running,
stopped, tripped or
resetting
Individual rms phase
currents (A, B, C)
Average of three-phase
rms current
Percent thermal capacity
Fault codes (only available
prior to reset)
Percent phase unbalance
Ground fault current and
percent
Overload relay settings—
trip class, DIP switch
selections, reset selections
Modbus address (can be
set over the network)
Communication Accessories
Description Catalog Number
Expansion Module
Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication) C440-XCOM
Communication Modules
DeviceNet communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441KS) C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441LS) C440-DN-24
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441SS) C440-DP-120
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441QS) C440-DP-24
Modbus communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441NS) C440-MOD-120
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441PS) C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U) C440-ET-120
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V) C440-ET-24
Expansion Module
V5-T5-66 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Module
The Modbus communication
module combined with an
expansion module provides
monitoring and control
capability to the C440/XTOE
electronic overload relay
via Modbus RTU
communications. These
modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc
or 120 Vac options.
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the HMi user interface
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches; LEDs are
provided to display
Modbus traffic
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Modbus Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 120 Vac C441NS
Modbus Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 24 Vdc C441PS
Modbus with I/O
Module
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-67
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet communication
module combined with an
expansion module provides
monitoring and control
capability to the C440/XTOE
electronic overload relay via
DeviceNet communications.
These modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc
or 120 Vac options.
Features and Benefits
Communication to
DeviceNet uses only one
DeviceNet MAC ID
Configuration
DeviceNet MAC ID and
Baud rate are set via
convenient DIP switches
with an option to set
from the network
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
I/O assemblies with
the same size and I/O
layout as those of the
Advantage Starter
(WPONIDNA) and IT.
Starter (DSNAP) for
seamless migration to new
starter technology without
program changes
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
DeviceNet Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
DeviceNet Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 120 Vac C441KS
DeviceNet Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 24 Vdc C441LS
DeviceNet with I/O
Module
V5-T5-68 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS
communication module
combined with an expansion
module provides monitoring
and control capability to the
C440 / XTOE electronic
overload relay via PROFIBUS
communications. These
modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc
or 120 Vac options.
Features and Benefits
The PROFIBUS
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 12 Mb
PROFIBUS address is
set via convenient DIP
switches; LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
PROFIBUS Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
PROFIBUS Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 120 Vac C441SS
PROFIBUS Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 24 Vdc C441QS
PROFIBUS with I/O
Module
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-69
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet Communication Modules
The Ethernet communication
module combined with an
expansion module provides
both Modbus TCP and
EtherNet/IP communication
capabilities with built-in HTTP
web services to the C440/
XTOE overload relay.
The Ethernet communication
module has built-in I/O
providing communication,
monitoring and control for the
C440/XTOE overload relay.
Features and Benefits
Supports Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP in a single
device
Contains an internal
embedded switch which
provides two Ethernet
ports allowing linear or ring
network configurations
Embedded web services
allow for simple
configuration and
monitoring through
Internet Explorer
IP Address is set via
convenient DIP Switches
located on the device
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Ethernet Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 120 Vac C441U
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel) 24 Vdc C441V
Ethernet with
I/O Module
V5-T5-70 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A
Specification
Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
Electrical Ratings Range Range Range
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
FLA Range
0.33–1.65 A
1–5 A
4–20 A
9–45 A
20–100 A 28–140 A (NEMA)
35–175 A (IEC)
Use with Contactors
XT IEC frames B, C, D F, G G, H
Freedom NEMA sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 3 4
Tri p C l a s s
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
Motor Protection
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Feature Range Range Range
Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50%
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
Reset Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Manual/automatic
Indicators
Trip status Orange flag Orange flag Orange flag
Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
Options
Remote reset Yes Yes Yes
Reset bar Yes Yes Yes
Communication expansion module Yes Yes Yes
Capacity
Load terminals
Terminal capacity 12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2) 8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 124 lb-in (14 Nm)
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Voltages
Insulation voltage Ui (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
Insulation voltage Ui (control) 500 Vac 500 Vac 500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage 6000 Vac 6000 Vac 6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-71
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued
Specification
Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current 5 A 5 A 5 A
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
Make contact (1800 VA)
120 V 15 A 15 A 15 A
240 V 15 A 15 A 15 A
415 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
500 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Break contact (180 VA)
120 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
240 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
415 V 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A
500 V 0.8 A 0.8 A 0.8 A
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250 V 1.0 A 1.0 A 1.0 A
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
120 V 30 A 30 A 30 A
240 V 15 A 15 A 15 A
480 V 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A
600 V 6 A 6 A 6 A
Break contact (360 VA)
120 V 3 A 3 A 3 A
240 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
480 V 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A
600 V 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
0–120 V 0.22 A 0.22 A 0.22 A
250 V 0.11 A 0.11 A 0.11 A
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse 6 A gG/gL 6 A gG/gL 6 A gG/gL
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15 g any direction 15 g any direction 15 g any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 g any direction 3 g any direction 3 g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1 3 for product (2 for pcb) 3 for product (2 for pcb) 3 for product (2 for pcb)
Ingress protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position Any Any Any
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
V5-T5-72 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued
Specification
Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10 V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10 V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10 V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m, 50 Hz 30 A/m, 50 Hz 30 A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-73
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Communication Modules
Note
1Relates to C441M only.
Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction 3 G any direction 3 G any direction 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3 3 3 3
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Overvoltage category per UL 508 III III III III
DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
——
DeviceNet baud rate 125 K, 250 K, 500 K
Ethernet
Ethernet connections Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
Ethernet type Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
PROFIBUS baud rate 9.6 K, 19.2 K, 45.45 K, 93.75 K,
187.5 K, 500 K, 1.5 M, 3 M, 6 M,
12 M
V5-T5-74 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Communication Modules, continued
Note
1Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4 4 4 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc >18 Vdc >10 Vdc >18 Vdc
Nominal input current 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Isolation 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF state 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc
Transition region 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc
ON state 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441_ 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac
Number of inputs 4 4 4 4
OFF-state voltage <30 Vac <30 Vac <20 Vac <30 Vac
ON-state voltage >80 Vac >80 Vac >70 Vac >80 Vac
Nominal input current 15 mA 15 mA 15 mA 15 mA
Signal delay 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac
Transition region 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac
ON state 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms
Max. current per point 15 A (B300 rated) 5 A (B300 rated) 5 A (B300 rated) 5 A (B300 rated)
Electrical life 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-75
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined
with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the
latest information as of April 2010.
C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)
NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays
Overload
FLA Range
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data High-Fault Short Circuit Data
600 V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
(RK5)
Maximum
Breaker
Size (A)
Fuses (RK5, J, CC) Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
480 V (kA) 600 V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA)
Maximum
Breaker Size
0.331.65A600 Vac1 6 15 ——————
1–5 A 600 Vac 5 20 20 100 100 30 100 35 20
4–20 A 600 Vac 5 80 80 100 100 100 100 35 80
9–45 A 600 Vac 5 175 175 100 100 100 100 35 100/175 (480/600)
20–100 A 600 Vac 10 400 400 100 100 200 150 35 250/400 (480/600)
28–140 A 600 Vac 10 450 500 100 100 400 100 65 400
35–175 A 690 Vac 10 500 (gG) 350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100 100 500 (gG) 100 (415 Vac) 350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
NEMA
Size
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Maximum
Fuse Size
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480 V 600 V 480 V 600 V
Maximum
Breaker Size
00 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 30
1–5 A 100 100 30 100 35 35
4–20 A 100 100 30 100 35 35
0 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 60
1–5 A 100 100 60 100 35 70
4–20 A 100 100 60 100 35 70
1 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 100
1–5 A 100 100 100 100 35 100
4–20 A 100 100 100 100 35 100
9–45 A 100 100 100 100 35 100
2 1–5 A 100 100 100 100 35 175
4–20 A 100 100 100 100 35 175
9–45 A 100 100 100 100 35 175
3 20–100 A 100 100 200 50 50 250
4 28–140 A 100 100 400 100 65 300
Contactor
Frame Size
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
High-Fault Short Circuit Data Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480 V 600 V
Maximum
Fuse Size 480 V 600 V
Maximum
Breaker Size
B 15 A 100 100 30 ———
4–20 A 100 100 30
C 1–5 A 100 100 60
4–20 A 100 100 60
9–45 A 100 100 60
D 9–45 A 100 100 200 65 35 175
20–100 A 100 100 200 65 35 175
F 20–100 A 100 100 200 65 65 350
G 20–100 A 100 100 200 65 65 350
35–175 A 100 100 400 65 30 250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
H 35–175 A 100 100 400 65 30 400
V5-T5-76 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
55 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
Width
A
Depth
B1
Depth to Reset
B
Mounting Hole
(Height) C
NEMA Starter Size
00–2 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5)
XT IEC Frame Size
B, C, D 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.30 (109.2)
Standalone
0.35–45 A 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) 3.68 (93.5)
Width
A
Depth to Reset
B
Depth
B1
Mounting Hole
(Height) C
NEMA Starter Size
3 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
XT IEC Frame Size
D, F, G 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
Standalone
20–100 A 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
A
C
Text Orientation
B1
B
C
B
A
B1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-77
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
110 mm C440/ XT Electronic Overload Relays
Width
A
Height To Reset
BB1
Mounting Depth
C
NEMA Starter Size
4 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
XT IEC Frame Size
G 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
H 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
Standalone
4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
Pass-Through
4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
C
B
B1
A
C
B
B1
A
V5-T5-78 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Starters
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
NEMA SizeABCDE
00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) 6.18 (157.0)
1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0)
3 4.09 (103.8) 11.40 (289.6) 5.92 (150.3) 1.77 (44.9) 10.81 (274.6)
4 7.10 (179.0) 17.00 (432.0) 7.00 (177.0) 3.70 (94.0) 16.30 (415.0)
5 7.00 (177.8) 17.81 (452.3) 8.08 (205.2) 6.00 (152.4) 16.01 (406.6)
A
B
C
E
Sizes 00, 0
A
B
CD
E
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
Sizes 1, 2
Size 4
Size 5Size 3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-79
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
NEMA SizeABCDE
00, 0 5.20 (132.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (125.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0)
1 6.70 (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0)
2 6.70 (171.0) 8.10 (205.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 6.70 (170.0)
3 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 6.00 (152.0) 7.00 (177.8) 10.77 (273.6)
4 14.60 (371.0) 17.10 (433.0) 7.00 (177.0) 13.50 (343.0) 16.30 (145.0)
5 14.50 (368.3) 17.81 (452.3) 8.06 (204.8) 13.50 (342.9) 16.00 (406.6)
Sizes 00, 0
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
Size 5
Size 1
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
Size 3
A
B
C
D
E
Size 2
A
B
C
D
E
Size 4
V5-T5-80 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight Overload and Monitoring Relay
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-81
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-84
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-85
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-87
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-92
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-104
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
C441 Overload Relays
Product Description
Eaton’s Motor Insight, the
first product in the Intelligent
Power Control Solutions
family, is a highly configurable
motor, load and line
protection device with power
monitoring, diagnostics and
flexible communications
allowing the customer to
save energy, optimize their
maintenance schedules and
configure greater system
protection, thus reducing
overall costs and downtime.
Motor Insight is available
in either a line-powered or
120 Vac control powered
design, capable of monitoring
voltages up to 660 Vac. Each
of these units is available in
a 1–9 amp or a 5–90 amp FLA
model. With external CTs,
Motor Insight can protect
motors up to 540 amps FLA.
Available add-on accessories
include communication
modules for Modbus RTU,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP and
HTTP web services all with I/O
options. For ease-of-use and
operator safety, Motor Insight
offers a remote display that
mounts easily with two
30 mm knockouts.
The Motor Insight family also
offers a high voltage relay
option, capable of providing
overload and current
protection on systems up
to 1200 Vac.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-81
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Features and Benefits
Features
Size/Range
Broad FLA range of 1–540 A
Selectable trip class (5–30)
Four operating voltage
options
Line-powered from
240 Vac, 480 Vac,
600 Vac
Control-powered from
120 Vac
Motor Control
Two output relays
One B300 Form C fault
relay and one B300
ground fault shunt relay
Other relay configurations
are available, including
one Form A and one
Form B SPST (fault and
auxiliary relays) allowing
programmable isolated
relay behavior and
unique voltages
One external remote
reset terminal
Trip status indicator
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
Jam protection
Current imbalance
Current phase loss
Ground fault
Phase reversal
Load Protection
Under current
Low power (kW)
High power (kW)
Line Protection
Over voltage
Under voltage
Voltage imbalance
Voltage phase loss
Monitoring Capabilities
Current—average and
phase rms
Voltage—average and
phase rms
Power—motor kW
Power factor
Frequency
Thermal capacity
Run hours
Ground fault current
Current imbalance %
Voltage imbalance %
Motor starts
Motor run hours
Options
Type 1, 12 remote display
Type 3R remote display kit
Communication modules
Modbus
Modbus with I/O
DeviceNet with I/O
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus TCP with I/O
EtherNet/IP with I/O
Benefits
Reliability and Improved Uptime
Advanced diagnostics
allows for quick and
accurate identification of
the root source of a motor,
pump or power quality
fault; reducing trouble-
shooting time and the loss
of productivity, reducing
repeat faults due to
misdiagnosis, and
increasing process output
and profitability
Provides superior
protection of motors and
pumps before catastrophic
failure occurs
Increases profitability with
greater process uptime
and throughput, reduced
costs per repair, reduced
energy consumption and
extended equipment life
Adjustments to overload
configuration can be made
at any time
Safety
IP20 rated terminal blocks
Terminal blocks are set back
from the display to reduce
operator shock hazard
Remote display (optional)
does not require that the
operator open the panel to
configure the device
Flexibility
Communications modules
Offered in a variety of
configurations
External snap-on modules
provide support for
multiple communications
protocols
Advanced power, voltage
and current monitoring
capabilities
Communications modules
and remote display can be
used simultaneously
Highly configurable fault
and reset characteristics
for numerous applications
Fully programmable
isolated fault and auxiliary
relays
Ease of Use
Bright LED display with
easy-to-understand setting
and references
Powered from line voltage
or 120 Vac control power
Remote display powered
from base unit
Full word descriptions and
units on user interface
Standards and Certifications
cULus listed NKCR,
NKCR7, 508
UL® 1053 applicable
sections for ground fault
detection
CSA® certified
(Class 3211-02)
CE
NEMA®
IEC EN 60947-4-1
RoHS
V5-T5-82 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Advanced Overload Education
Description Definition Source Result
Motor Insight
Protection
Motor Protection
Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which current
draw to a motor exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating over a
period of time for an inductive motor.
An increase in the load or torque that
is being driven by the motor.
A low voltage supply to the motor would
cause the current to go high to maintain
the power needed.
A poor power factor would cause
above normal current draw.
Increase in current draw. Current leads
to heat and insulation breakdown,
which can cause system failure.
Additionally, an increase in current can
increase power consumption and
waste valuable energy.
Thermal trip behavior is defined by UL,
CSA and IEC standards.
Trip class is settable from 5–30 by 1
Provides power factor monitoring and low
voltage protection features.
Jam Jam is similar to thermal overload in
that it is a current draw on the motor
above normal operating conditions.
Mechanical stall, interference, jam or
seizure of the motor or motor load.
The motor attempts to drive the load,
which has more resistive force due to
the mechanical interference. In order to
drive the load, the motor draws an
abnormal amount of current, which can
lead to insulation breakdown and
system failure.
Provides a configurable Jam setting that
is active during “motor run state” to avoid
nuisance trips.
Trip Threshold 150–400% of FLA.
Trip Delay 1–20 seconds.
Ground fault A line to ground fault. A current leakage path
to ground.
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure.
Motor Insight has ground fault protection
capability down to 0.15 amps estimated
from the existing three-phase CTs using
the residual current method. That is, the
three-phase current signals should sum to
zero unless a ground fault (GF) condition
is present. In the case of a GF, Motor
Insight can alarm, trip the starter, or trip
an alternative relay that can be used to
shunt trip a breaker or light up a warning
light. GF current can also be monitored in
real-time through the advanced
monitoring capabilities.
Note: GF settable thresholds vary with
motor FLA. 0.15 amps may not be
available in all cases.
Imbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or currents between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be imbalanced.
Imbalanced voltage causes large
imbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Provides two protection settings that
address this problem. The user can
choose to set current imbalance
thresholds or voltage imbalance
thresholds, each of which can trip the
starter. Additionally, both of these may
be monitored through Motor Insight’s
advanced monitoring capabilities,
allowing the customer to notice in real-
time when and where a condition is
present.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase current is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of imbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
60% of the other two phases.
Phase rotation
(phase-reversal)
Improper wiring, leading to phases being
connected to the motor improperly.
A miswired motor. Inadvertent phase-
reversal by the utility.
Phase-reversal can cause unwanted
directional rotation of a motor. In the
event that the load attached to the motor
can only be driven in one direction, the
result could be significant mechanical
failure and/or injury to an operator.
Configurable phase protection, allowing
the user to define the phase sequencing
intended for that application. If no phase
sequence is required, the user has the
ability to disable this feature.
Frequency variance When line frequency
is inconsistent.
Malfunctioning alternator speed
regulator, or poor line quality caused by
an overload of a supply powered
by individual sources.
Variations in frequency can cause
increases in losses, decreasing the
efficiency of the motor. In addition,
this can result in interference with
synchronous devices.
Advanced monitoring capabilities
allow the user to monitor frequency
in real-time.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-83
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Advanced Overload Education, continued
Description Definition Source Result
Motor Insight
Protection
Load Protection
Under current or
low power
Average rms current provided to the
motor falls below normal operating
conditions.
Under current is usually associated
with a portion of the user’s load
disappearing. Examples of this would
be a broken belt, a dry-pump (low
suction head) or a dead-headed
centrifugal pump.
If under current goes undetected, a
mechanical failure can and has
occurred. In the case of a pump,
running a pump dry or running a pump
in a dead-headed condition can cause
excessive heating, damaging
expensive seals and breaking down
desired fluid properties.
Motor Insight has two protection settings
to detect this: under current and low
power. Low power is a more consistent
way of ensuring detection as power is
linear with motor load, where as current
is not. An unloaded motor may draw 50%
of its rated current, but the power draw
will be less than 10% of rated power due
to a low power factor.
High power The motor load is drawing more power
than it should at normal operating
conditions.
This is typical of batch processing
applications where several ingredients
flow into a mixer. When a substance’s
consistency changes and viscosity
increases from what is expected, the
motor may use more power to blend
the mixture. Out-of-tolerance
conditions can be detected using the
High Power and Low Power settings.
If a high-power fault goes undetected,
the result may be a batch of material
that does not meet specification.
Monitors the three-phase real power. If
the real power value is estimated above
the set threshold for the set length of
time, a fault is detected and the overload
will trip the starter. Additionally, power
can be monitored in real-time.
Line Protection
Over voltage When the line voltage to the motor
exceeds the specified rating.
Poor line quality. An over voltage condition leads to a
lower than rated current draw and a
poor power factor. A trip limit of 110%
of rated voltage is recommended. Over
voltage can also lead to exceeding
insulation ratings.
Monitors the maximum rms value of
the three-phase voltages. If the rms
value rises above the set threshold for the
set length of time, a fault is detected and
the overload can trip the starter or send
and display an alarm of the condition. All
line-related faults have an “alarm-no-
trip” mode.
Under voltage When the line voltage to the motor is
below the specified rating.
Poor line quality. An under voltage condition leads to
excessive current draw. This increases
the heating of the motor windings and
can shorten insulation life. A trip limit
set to 90% of rated voltage is
recommended.
Monitors the minimum rms value of the
three-phase voltages. If the rms value
drops below the set threshold for the
set length of time, a fault is detected
and the overload can trip the starter or
send and display an alarm of the
condition. All line-related faults have
an “alarm-no-trip” mode.
Power-up delay Allows for starting motors and loads
in a deliberate fashion.
When there is a power failure, or
power cycle, multiple loads come
online simultaneously.
Multiple loads starting simultaneously
can cause sags affecting the operation
of devices that may prevent successful
startup.
If power is lost to a motor driving a
pump, it may be necessary to delay a
restart to allow the pump to come to a
complete stop to prevent starting a
motor during backspin.
Configurable to delay closing the fault
relay on power-up. For each Motor Insight
controlling a motor, a different setting can
be programmed, helping to maintain the
integrity of your line power.
V5-T5-84 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
Motor Insight Overload Relays
Motor Insight High Voltage Overload Relays
Motor Insight Overload Relays—Communications Modules and Accessory Types
Note
1The C441 High Voltage Relay (-HVR models) can be used on systems up to 1200 Vac to provide overload and current based protections.
Voltage and power based protections and monitoring listed in this catalog for C441 Motor Insight are not available in -HVR models.
Please consult IL04209007E-HVR for technical information on -HVR models.
Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay Overload Relay Current Rating
A = 1–9 A (1–540 A refer to
Page V5-T5-86)
B = 5–90 A (5–90 A refer to
Page V5-T5-86)
0109 = 120 Vac control power
(0–660 Vac, 1–9 A)
0590 = 120 Vac control power
(0–660 Vac, 5–90 A)
Overload Relay
Power Source Voltage
B= 240 Vac (170–264 Vac)
C= 480 Vac (323–528 Vac)
D= 600 Vac (487–660 Vac)
Blank = 120 Vac control power
(170–660 Vac)
C441 B A NOUI
Internal User Interface
Blank = With user interface
(line powered models)
NOUI = Without user interface
(120 Vac control models)
C441 P3309 NOUI HVR
Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay Current Rating and
Power Source
P3309 = 0.33–9 A
(120 Vac control power)
0590 = 5–90 A
(120 Vac control power)
Internal User Interface
NOUI = Without user interface
Line Voltage Rating
HVR = 0–1200 Vac 1
Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay Communication Module
K= DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
L= DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
M= Modbus RTU module
N= Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
P= Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
Q= PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
R= Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
S= PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
T= Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
Accessory Type
1= Type 1 and 12 remote mounted display
3= Type 3R kit for remote display
CMP1 = Conversion plate
C441 K
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-85
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Product Selection
Motor Insight
Note
1 Rating only—does not provide voltage monitoring/protection.
Power Source
Monitoring
Range
Current
Range
Catalog
Number
240 Vac (170–264) 170–264 Vac 1–9 A C441BA
5–90 A C441BB
480 Vac (323–528) 323–528 Vac 1–9 A C441CA
5–90 A C441CB
600 Vac (489–660) 489–660 Vac 1–9 A C441DA
5–90 A C441DB
120 Vac (93.5–132) 170–660 Vac 1–9 A C4410109NOUI
5–90 A C4410590NOUI
120 Vac (93.5–132) 0–1200 Vac 10.33–9 A C441P3309NOUI-HVR
5–90 A C4410590NOUI-HVR
Motor Insight
V5-T5-86 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight CT Multiplier and Wire Wrap Schedule
Notes
1 Underscore indicates Operating Voltage Code required.
Operating Voltage Codes:
2 Any manufacturer’s CTs may be used.
Catalog
Number 1
Motor
FLA
Number
of Loops
Number of
Conductors Through
CT Primary
CT
Multiplier
Setting
External CT Kit
Catalog Number 2
Current Range: 5–90 A
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–22.5 A 3 4 4
6.67–30 A 2 3 3
10–45 A 1 2 2
20–90 A 0 1 1
Current Range: 1–9 A
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–5 A 1 2 2
2–9 A 0 1 1
60–135 A 0 1 150–(150:5) C441CTKIT150
120–270 A 0 1 300–(300:5) C441CTKIT300
240–540 A 0 1 600–(600:5) C441CTKIT600
Current Range: 5–90A
C4410590NOUI-HVR 5–22.5 A 3 4 4
6.67–30 A 2 3 3
10–45 A 1 2 2
20–90 A 0 1 1
Current Range: 0.33–9 A
C441P3309NOUI-HVR 0.33–1.5 A 5 6 6
0.4–1.8 A 4 5 5
0.5–2.25 A 3 4 4
0.67–3.0 A 2 3 3
1–5 A 1 2 2
2–9 A 0 1 1
60–135 A 0 1 150–(150:5) C441CTKIT150
120–270 A 0 1 300–(300:5) C441CTKIT300
240–270 A 0 1 600–(600: 5) C441CTKIT600
Code Voltage
B240 Vac
C480 Vac
D600 Vac
<empty> 120 Vac Control Power
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-87
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Accessories
Modbus Communication Module
The Motor Insight Modbus
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing Modbus
communication capability
to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The Modbus Communication
Module with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the Motor Insight user
interface (C441M only)
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches (C441N and
C441P); LEDs are provided
to display Modbus traffic
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Modbus Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus Communication Module None C441M
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441N
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441P
Modbus Module
Modbus with
I/O Module
V5-T5-88 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet
Communication Module
provides monitoring and
control for the Motor Insight
overload relay from a single
DeviceNet node. These
modules also offer convenient
I/O in two voltage options,
24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
Features and Benefits
Communication to
DeviceNet uses only one
DeviceNet MAC ID
Configuration
DeviceNet MAC ID and
Baud rate are set via
convenient DIP switches
with an option to set
from the network
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
I/O assemblies with the
same size and I/O layout as
those of the Advantage
Starter (WPONIDNA) and
IT. Starter (DSNAP)
platforms for seamless
upgrades to C441
technology with no
program changes required
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
DeviceNet Modules
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
DeviceNet Communication Module 120 Vac C441K
DeviceNet Communication Module 24 Vdc C441L
DeviceNet Module
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-89
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Module
The Motor Insight PROFIBUS
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing PROFIBUS
communication capability
to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The PROFIBUS
Communication Module
with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
Features and Benefits
The PROFIBUS
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 12 Mb
PROFIBUS address is
set via convenient DIP
switches (C441Q and
C441S); LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
PROFIBUS Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441S
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441Q
PROFIBUS with
I/O Module
V5-T5-90 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet Communication Module
The Motor Insight Ethernet
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing both Modbus
TCP and EtherNet/IP
communication capabilities
with built-in HTTP web
services to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The Ethernet Communication
Module with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
Features and Benefits
Supports Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP in a single
device
Contains internal
embedded switch which
provides two Ethernet
ports allowing linear or ring
network configurations
Embedded web services
allow for simple
configuration and
monitoring through
Internet Explorer
IP Address is set via
convenient DIP Switches
located on the device
Terminals
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
4IN/2OUT
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Ethernet Communication Module
Description I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441R
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441T
Ethernet with
I/O Module
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-91
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside
Motor Insight offers several
accessories for the
customer’s ease of use
and safety:
Types 1 and 12 remote
display
Type 3R remote display kit
Mounting plate adapter
Features and Benefits
Remote display unit:
Same user interface as
the overload relay
Enhanced operator
safety—operator can
configure the overload
without opening the
enclosure door
Type 3R kit mounts with
standard 30 mm holes
Mounting plate for retrofit
in existing installations
Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside
Communication Cables
The Remote Display requires
a communication cable to
connect to the Motor Insight
overload relay:
Communication Cable
Lengths
Current Transformer Kits
Description
Catalog
Number
Remote display Types 1 and 12 (UL 508) C4411
Type 3R kit for remote display (UL 508) C4413
Conversion plate (not shown) C441CMP1
C4411
C4413
Length in
Inches (meters)
Catalog
Number
9.8 (0.25) D77E-QPIP25
39.4 (1.0) D77E-QPIP100
78.7 (2.0) D77E-QPIP200
118.1 (3.0) D77E-QPIP300
Description
Catalog
Number
Three 150:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight C441CTKIT150
Three 300:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight C441CTKIT300
Three 600:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight C441CTKIT600
V5-T5-92 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Motor Insight
Notes
1Lower levels are achievable with multiple passes.
2Motor fault reset characteristics can be programmed as a group or for motor overloads only. Reference the user manual for more detailed information.
Description
Specification
C441B_ C441C_ C441D_ C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Electrical Ratings
Feature Range
Operating voltage (three-
phase) and frequency
170–264 Vac 50/60 Hz 323–528 Vac 50/60 Hz 489–660 Vac 50/60 Hz 170–660 Vac 50/60 Hz
Tri p C l a s s
5–30 Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
FLA Range
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–9 A Up to 540 A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-86 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
Up to 540 A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-86 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
Up to 540 A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-86 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–90 A
Monitoring Capabilities
Feature Value
Current Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Voltage Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Power Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Thermal capacity 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip
Motor run hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours
Frequency 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
Motor Protection
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
Feature Range Fault Delay Setting
Jam 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 50–400% of motor FLA, OFF 1–20 seconds
Current imbalance 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–20 seconds
Current phase loss Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% 1–20 seconds
Ground fault current
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–9 A
0.3–2.0 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
<150%, 1–60 seconds
>150%, 2 seconds
>250%, 1 second
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–90 A
3.0–20 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
<150%, 1–60 seconds
>150%, 2 seconds
>250%, 1 second
Phase reversal OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
Fault reset delay 2–500 minutes, auto 22–500 minutes, auto 22–500 minutes, auto 22–500 minutes, auto 2
Fault reset attempts 0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-93
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight, continued
Description
Specification
C441B_ C441C_ C441D_ C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Load Protection
Feature Range Fault Delay Setting
Under current 50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA 1–60 seconds
Low power (kW) 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 1–60 seconds
High power (kW) 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 1–60 seconds
Load reset delay 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto
Load reset attempts 0–4, auto 0–4, auto 0–4, auto 0–4, auto
Supply Protection
Feature Range Fault Delay Setting
Over voltage 170–264 Vac 323–528 Vac 489–660 Vac 0–660 Vac 1–20 seconds
Under voltage 170–264 Vac 323–528 Vac 489–660 Vac 0–660 Vac 1–20 seconds
Voltage imbalance 1–20% imbalance 1–20% imbalance 1–20% imbalance 1–20% imbalance 1–20% imbalance
Restart delay setting 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15,
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14,
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Voltage variations
immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
Ground fault UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
V5-T5-94 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight, continued
Note
1In this model, there are two isolated relays: one Form A and one Form B SPST. One is the fault relay, and one is a programmable auxiliary relay.
Description
Specification
C441B_ C441C_ C441D_ C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Environmental Ratings
Feature Range
Ambient temperature (operating) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction 3 G any direction 3 G any direction 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-13333
Ingress protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Capacity
Input, auxiliary contact and external reset terminals
Terminal capacity 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG
Tightening torque 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
Voltages
Monitoring voltage 170–264 Vac 50/60Hz 323–528 Vac 50/60Hz 489–660 Vac 60Hz 0–660 Vac 50/60Hz
Insulation voltage Ui (three-phase voltage) 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac
Insulation voltage Ui (control) 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
Impulse withstand Uimp
(main/control)
6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
Expected Life
Mechanical/electrical 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years
Output Contact Ratings
Two output relays
One Form C SPDT (fault relay)
One Form A SPST (ground fault relay)
C441_ _ _ _NOUI models:
One Form A SPST
One Form B SPST
B300 pilot duty
5 A thermal continuous current
30 A make 3.00 A break
at 120 Vac and
15 A make 1.50 A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5 A thermal continuous current
30 A make 3.00 A break
at 120 Vac and
15 A make 1.50 A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5 A thermal continuous current
30 A make 3.00 A break
at 120 Vac and
15 A make 1.50 A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5 A thermal continuous current
30 A make 3.00 A break
at 120 Vac and
30 A make 1.50 A break
at 240 Vac 1
External remote reset terminal Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Indications
Trip Fault Fault Fault Fault
Reset Ready Ready Ready Ready
Autoreset Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing
Power Consumption
Maximum 5W5W5W5W
Options
Remote display Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
Communications modules Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-95
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA and UL)
Overload
FLA Range
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
Maximum
Withstand
Rating
Maximum
Fuse (RK5)
Eaton
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Number
Withstand
Rating
Maximum
Fuse (RK5)
Maximum
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
1–9 A 264 Vac 5000 A at 240 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 240 Vac 35 A C441BA
100 kA at 240 Vac FDC3035L
1–9 A 528 Vac 5000 A at 480 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 480 Vac 35 A C441CA
100 kA at 480 Vac FDC3035L
1–9 A 660 Vac 5000 A at 600 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 600 Vac 35 A C441DA
35 kA at 600 Vac FDC3035L
1–9 A 660 Vac 5000 A at 600 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 600 Vac
35 kA at 600 Vac
35 A
35 A
35 A
FDC3035L
FDC3035L
FDC3035L
C4410109NOUI
5–90 A 264 Vac 10,000 A at 240 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 240 Vac 350 A C441BB
100 kA at 240 Vac KDC3350
5–90 A 528 Vac 10,000 A at 480 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 480 Vac 350 A C441CB
100 kA at 480 Vac KDC3350
5–90 A 660 Vac 10,000 A at 600 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 600 Vac 350 A C441DB
65 kA at 600 Vac KDC3350
5–90 A 660 Vac 10,000 A at 600 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 600 Vac
35 kA at 600 Vac
350 A
350 A
350 A
KDC3350
KDC3350
KDC3350
C4410590NOUI
V5-T5-96 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Line Powered Models
Terminal Connection Diagram
Terminal Connection Specifications
Control Powered Models
Terminal Connection Diagram
Terminal Connection Specifications
Note
1No motor loads, 9 A maximum.
Name Designation Input Description
Line voltage L1, L2, L3 Line voltage Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
Fault relay 95/96
96/97 (common)
97/98
B300 UL 508 Form C contact:
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered
97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
GF shunt 15
16
B300 UL 508 Form A contact:
Contact closes when a ground fault is active
Reset input R1, R2 120 Vac Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1
Name Designation Input Description
Line voltage L1, L2, L3 Line voltage Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
Terminal provided for wiring control power transformer (9A maximum capacity)
Control power X1, X2 110–120 Vac
50–60Hz (+10/–15%)
Control power option for C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Fault relay
For C441_ _ _ _NOUI, the fault relay and auxiliary relay are
isolated and do not share a common. By default they will
behave like a Form C, but they can be programmed to act
independently from one another.
95/96
96/97 (isolated)
97/98
B300 UL 508 Form C contact:
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered
97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
Can be programmed to act independently of the 95/96 only in the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models
GF shunt
This relay does not exist on the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models.
Instead, this functionality is available in the fully
programmable 97/98 auxiliary relay.
97/98 B300 UL 508 Form A contact:
Contact closes when a ground fault is active
Separate GF control can still be achieved by programming auxiliary relay 97/98 to act
independently of the 95/96 relay
Reset input R1, R2 120 Vac Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1
L1 L2 L3 95 96 97 98 15 16 R1 R2
NC NO GF Shunt Reset
120 Vac
18–12 AWG; Torque 5.3 lb-in/0.6 Nm
B300 Pilot Duty Only
Use 75C CU wire only
For C441BA, BB, CA, CB, DA and DB
aa a
L1 L2 L3 95 96 97 98 X1 X2 R1 R2
NC NO Cntrl. Pwr. Reset
120 Vac120 Vac
For C4410109NOUI and C441059NOUI
aaa
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-97
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Modules
Note
1Relates to C441M only.
Description Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity 5 to 95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
Degree of protection IP20
Over voltage category per UL 508 III
C441P 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc
Nominal input current 5 mA
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 Vdc source current 50 mA
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441N 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac
Number of inputs 4
OFF-state voltage <30 Vac
ON-state voltage >80 Vac
Nominal input current 15 mA
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
V5-T5-98 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Modules, continued
DeviceNet Communication Modules
Note
1Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
Description Specification
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms
Max. current per point 15 A (B300 rated)
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
Description Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
Degree of protection IP20
DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate 125 K, 250 K, 500 K
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-99
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
DeviceNet Communication Modules, continued
Note
1Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
Description Specification
C441L 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc
Nominal input current 5 mA
Isolation 250 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441K 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac
Number of inputs 4
OFF-state voltage <30 Vac
ON-state voltage >80 Vac
Nominal input current 15 mA
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 250 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms
Max. current per point 15 A (B300 rated)
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
V5-T5-100 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
Description Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
Degree of protection IP20
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
PROFIBUS baud rate 9.6 K, 19.2 K, 45.45 K, 93.75 K, 187.5 K, 500 K, 1.5 M, 3 M, 6 M, 12 M
C441Q 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >10 Vdc
Nominal input current 5 mA
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-101
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Modules, continued
Note
1Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
Description Specification
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441S 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac
Number of inputs 4
OFF-state voltage <20 Vac
ON-state voltage >70 Vac
Nominal input current 15 mA
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms
Max. current per point 15 A (B300 rated)
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
V5-T5-102 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules
Description Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz to 80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
Degree of protection IP20
Ethernet
Ethernet connections Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
Ethernet type Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
C441T 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc
Nominal input current 5 mA
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-103
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules, continued
Note
1Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
Description Specification
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441R 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac
Number of inputs 4
OFF-state voltage <30 Vac
ON-state voltage >80 Vac
Nominal input current 15 mA
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms
Maximum current per point 15 A (B300 rated)
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
V5-T5-104 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Motor Insight Overload Relay
Motor Insight with Mounted DeviceNet, PROFIBUS or Modbus with I/O Communication Module
3.94
(100.1)
0.20
(5.1)
4 Places
3.31
(84.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.94
(100.1)
Mounting Dimension
(4) 10-32
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0)
3.94
(100.1)
Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
3.98
(101.1)
4.92
(125.0)
3.94
(100.1)
0.20
(5.1)
3.31
(84.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.94
(100.1)
Mounting Dimensions
(4) 10-32
4.84
(122.9)
4.92
(125.0)
3.98
(101.1)
0.63
(16.0)
Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0)
3.94
(100.1)
3.27
(83.1)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-105
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Motor Insight with Mounted Modbus Communication Module
Motor Insight Remote Display
0.20
(5.1)
4 Places
3.31
(84.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.94
(100.1)
3.94
(100.1)
Mounting Dimensions
(4) 10-32
4.53
(115.1)
4.92
(125.0) Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
3.98
(101.1)
0.59
(15.0)
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0) 1.89
(48.0)
3.94
(100.1)
4.92
(125.0)
2.70
(68.6)
3.90
(99.1)
12 GA Max.
Panel Thickness
2X ø 1.22
(31.0)
Hole in Panel
4.60
(116.8)
1.75
(44.5)
1.10
(27.9)
1.20
(30.5)
1.0 0
(25.4)
0.60
(15.2)
V5-T5-106 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Motor Insight Cover Assembly
Motor Insight Conversion Plate
4.20
(106.7)
4.40
(111.8)
4.30
(109.2)
1.40
(35.6)
2.00
(50.8)
1.40
(35.6)
1.0 0
(25.4)
1.30
(33.0)
1.75
(44.5)
Motor Insight
0.30
(7.6)
3.30
(83.8)
0.20
(5.1)
3.10
(78.7)
3.60
(91.4)
2.70
(68.6)
0.40
(10.2)
4.00
(101.6)
2.30
(58.4)0.20
(5.1)
0.20
(5.1)
3.90
(99.1)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-107
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-108
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-108
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-113
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-115
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-117
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-119
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-121
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-124
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay
Product Description
The Power Xpert® C445
global motor management
relay is Eaton’s newest
addition to the C400 series of
advanced motor protection.
The Power Xpert C445 is fully
configurable, providing the
highest level of monitoring
accuracy and protection for
the entire power system—
from the incoming power
source feeding the motor all
the way to the individual
pump or load. By utilizing
integrated power quality and
energy usage analytics along
with built-in efficiency
algorithms, users can save
significant energy costs
through increased awareness
of energy usage at the
individual load level.
Due to its unrivaled compact
size and modular format, the
Power Xpert C445 allows for
simple integration into NEMA
and IEC Motor Control Center
platforms as well as OEM
control panels. Based on this
smaller size, users can
reduce costs and improve
system flexibility through
simplified wiring, smaller
enclosure footprint and
seamless field modifications
as systems evolve over time.
By separating the monitoring
and control functionality into
separate modules, users can
easily customize the Power
Xpert C445 mounting
configuration to match their
individual applications.
The Power Xpert C445 global
motor management relay
was designed with user
safety in mind. Users can
access, monitor and
configure data parameters
within the device without
opening the panel door via a
variety of communication
network options or a micro
USB port on the front of the
user interface. To configure
the Power Xpert C445, users
can utilize Eaton’s Power
Xpert inControl programming
software. In addition to this
software tool, the Power
Xpert C445 can be easily
integrated into a variety of
PLC and DCS systems
through integrated
communication protocols
including Modbus Serial,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP
and EtherNet/IP.
V5-T5-108 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Features and Benefits
Features
Product Range
0.3–800 A
Up to 690 Vac
4160 Vac with PT ratios
20–80 Hz operation
Selectable trip class (5–40)
Product Hardware
Modular design with
multiple options:
Base control module:
protections, monitoring,
communications, I/O
Measurement module:
sensing capability
User interface: control
and diagnostics
AC (120/240) or DC (24)
control-power options
2% monitoring accuracy on
current and voltage values
Standard on-board I/O
(4) DI (AC or DC options)
(3) Relay out
2 Form A (NO)
1 Form C (NO/NC)
latching or non-
latching
Superior motor protection
solutions, including:
Motor (current)
Line (voltage)
Load (power)
Advanced monitoring
algorithms
Pre-configured operation
modes
Overload only
Direct (FVNR)
Reverser (FVR)
Star/delta
Two speed pole
changing
Two speed Dahlander
Auto transformer
Solenoid valve
HMCP/MCCB actuation
Contactor feeder
General purpose
input/output
Compact footprint
Pass-through modular
design
Flexible communication
options
Modbus Serial
Modbus TCP
EtherNet/IP
PROFIBUS
Real-time clock and
memory backup module
Integrated USB
communication port
Power Xpert inControl
software tool
Configuration
Monitoring
Diagnostics
Benefits
Reliability
Advanced diagnostics
allow for quick and
accurate identification of
the root cause of a fault
Allows for greater system
coverage through line-,
load- and motor-based
protections
Voltage loss restart
functionality allows for
automatic revival after
outages from voltage loss
without the need for user
intervention
On-board I/O meets needs of
most communication
requirements without the
need for additional modules
Seamless integration into
EtherNet/IP networks via
EIP-Assist tool
Pre-programmed operation
modes support fast, easy
installation for most
applications
MTBF 20 years at 50 °C
Flexibility
Modular format with
scalable options allows
for customization to exact
needs of application
Widest range of
communication options
for easy integration into
majority of PLC/DCS
systems
Fully programmable output
relays
Fully programmable trip
and alarm thresholds and
time delays
Standards and Certifications
CE, UL, CSA
IEC EN 60947-4-1
ATEX 95
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-109
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
System Overview
The Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay is a solid-state based electronic overload device
designed to protect single- or three-phase AC electric induction motors from 0.3 to 800 A. The
C445 provides intelligent monitoring, protection and efficiency calculations for motor, load and
line conditions. It’s ideal for oil and gas, water treatment, mining, utility and industrial motor
control applications. The C445 offers a modular pass-through design, breaking the sensing,
protection, and control into separate modules. This allows the user to select the appropriate
options for each module and combine them to meet the exact needs of their application. Together,
these modules provide a fully configurable and industry-leading intelligent motor protection solution
for the entire system.
Base Control Module
The base control module is
the core of the C445 system,
providing the various
monitoring, protection and
control algorithms. Equipped
with native I/O connections,
communication card options
and USB connectivity, the
base control module
provides users with real-time
data on the health and status
of their application. Various
pre-configured operation
modes are available that
simplify the wiring and logic
requirements for the user.
Measurement Module
The measurement module
is a pass-through device that
samples current and voltage
data consumed by the
system. This data is
continuously transmitted
back to the base control
module for analysis. Various
frame sizes are available for
applications up to 800 A,
with voltage measurement
and positive temperature
coefficient (PTC) protection
options.
User Interface
The user interface provides
local motor control and status
indication that can be
operated from outside of
the system’s enclosure.
An external micro USB
connection allows for
device commissioning,
configuration and monitoring.
Various overlay options are
available to match the
specific operation mode of
the application. Two color
schemes are available for
NEMA (English) or IEC
(symbols) based applications.
V5-T5-110 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Protection Summary 1
Current-Based Protection Summary
Voltage-Based Protection Summary 3
Power-Based Protection Summary 3
Advanced Protection Summary 3
Notes
1Not all trips/alarms are enabled by default. Consult C445 user manual for further information.
2Sensing level depends on Measurement Module frame size and amperage range. Consult C445 user manual for further information.
3Voltage, Power and Advanced Protections require voltage option on the measurement module.
4Voltage loss restart is a control functionality used for reacceleration schemes after power loss. Consult C445 user manual for further information.
5Consult C445 user manual for further information.
Trip Alarm
Trip Alarm
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Thermal overload X X 0.3–800 A Low end of
FLA range
Trip Class 5–40 Trip Class 5 1–100% 90% Instantaneous Instantaneous
Instantaneous overcurrent X X 50–400% FLA 400% 0.001–2.000 2 50–400% FLA 400% 0.2–5.0 2
Jam X X 50–400% FLA 400% 1–60 10 50–400% FLA 400% 0.2–5.0 2
Stall X 50–400% FLA 200% Instantaneous Instantaneous
Undercurrent X X 10–90% FLA 50% 1–60 20 10–90% FLA 50% 0.2–5.0 2
Current unbalance X X 1–60% 15% 1–60 15 1–60% 15% 0.2–5.0 2
Current phase loss X 60% 60% 2 2
Ground (earth) fault X X 22
1–60 5 22
0.2–5.0 2
PTC (requires option) X X Overtemperature
Shorted
Open
OFF — Overtemperature
Shorted
Open
OFF —
Trip Alarm
Trip Alarm
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Phase rotation X ABC, ACB ABC Instantaneous Instantaneous
Voltage phase loss X 70% 70% 2 2
Overvoltage X X 90–150% 110% 1–60 20 90–150% 110% 0.2–5.0 2
Undervoltage X X 10–100% 90% 1–60 20 10–100% 90% 0.2–5.0 2
Voltage unbalance X X 2–20% 6% 1–20 20 1–20% 6% 0.2–5.0 2
Frequency deviation (slow) X X 0.1–5 Hz 0.1 Hz 1–60 20 0.1–5 Hz 0.1 Hz 0.2–5.0 2
Frequency deviation (fast) X X 0.02–2 Hz 0.1 Hz 0.02–60 1 0.02–2 Hz 0.1 Hz 0.2–5.0 2
Trip Alarm
Trip Alarm
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Low power X X –200 to 200% 50% 1–60 20 –200 to 200% 50% 1–60 2
High power X X –200 to 200% 110% 1–60 20 –200 to 200% 110% 1–60 2
Power factor deviation (low) X X –100 to 100% 0% 1–60 20 –100 to 100% 0 1–60 2
Power factor deviation (high) X X –100 to 100% 100% 1–60 20 –100 to 100% 100% 1–60 2
Trip Alarm
Trip Alarm
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Level
Range
Default
Level
Delay Range
(Seconds)
Default Level
(Seconds)
Voltage loss restart 4——— — — — —
Peak demand alarm X User settable 5——— — —
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-111
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Monitoring Summary
Current-Based Monitoring
Voltage-Based Monitoring 1
Power-Based Monitoring 1
Note
1Voltage option must be selected for the measurement module.
Parameter Name Range / Units Description
IA (L1) float Depends on frame size (amps) Phase A (L1) motor current; 2% accuracy within 30–125% of FLA
IB (L2) float Depends on frame size (amps) Phase B (L2) motor current; 2% accuracy within 30–125% of FLA
IC (L3) float Depends on frame size (amps) Phase C (L3) motor current; 2% accuracy within 30–125% of FLA
I Average float Depends on frame size (amps) Average motor current; 2% accuracy within 30–125% of FLA
I Unbalance percent 0–100% Motor current unbalance percent
I Average % of FLA (nominal current) 0–720% of FLA (amps) Average motor current as a percentage of FLA
Maximum start current floating point Depends on frame size (amps) Maximum motor starting current
Motor residual GF RMS Depends on frame size (amps), scaled via fieldbus Motor residual ground fault current RMS; Accuracy meets UL 1053 / IEC Class II-B
Parameter Name Range / Units Description
Voltage AB (L1-L2) 0–690 V; max. 4,160 V with PT ratios Supply line-to-line voltage AB (L1-L2); 2% accuracy up to 690 Vac
Voltage BC (L2-L3) 0–690 V; max. 4,160 V with PT ratios Supply line-to-line voltage BC (L2-L3); 2% accuracy up to 690 Vac
Voltage CA (L3-L1) 0–690 V; max. 4,160 V with PT ratios Supply line-to-line voltage CA (L3-L1); 2% accuracy up to 690 Vac
Average line-to-line voltage 0–690 V; max. 4,160 V with PT ratios Supply line-to-line voltage average; 2% accuracy up to 690 Vac
Line frequency x 100 20–80 Hz (Centi-Hz) Supply Frequency in centi-Hz
Voltage phase order 0: unknown; 1: ABC (L1-L2-L3); 2: ACB (L1-L3-L2) Reports phase sequence of the line voltage
Voltage unbalance percent 0–100% Supply voltage unbalance percentage
Parameter Name Range / Units Description
Total watts Depends on frame size (Watts) Total Real Power; 5% accuracy
Total VA Depends on frame size (Volt-Amps) Total Apparent Power; 5% accuracy
Total VARs Depends on frame size (VARs) Total Reactive Power; 5% accuracy
Power factor 0–100%, Scaled by 0.01% via fieldbus Apparent power factor in percentage; 1% accuracy
Motor speed RPM Depends on motor (RPM) Motor speed in RPM
Motor torque Depends on motor (Nm) Motor torque
Motor efficiency percent PC Tool in %, Scaled by 0.01% via fieldbus Motor efficiency in percentage
Real energy Depends on frame size (0.1 kWh) Real energy scaled; 5% accuracy
Real energy (resettable) Depends on frame size (0.1 kWh) Real energy (resettable) scaled; 5% accuracy
Apparent energy Depends on frame size (0.1 kVAh) Apparent energy scaled; 5% accuracy
Apparent energy (resettable) Depends on frame size (0.1 kVAh) Apparent energy (resettable) scaled; 5% accuracy
Reactive energy Depends on frame size (0.1 kVARh) Reactive energy scaled; 5% accuracy
Reactive energy (resettable) Depends on frame size (0.1 kVARh) Reactive energy (resettable) scaled; 5% accuracy
Current demand value Depends on frame size (Watts) Latest estimate of the demand; 5% accuracy
Demand (resettable) Depends on frame size (Watts) Peak demand, user resettable; 5% accuracy
Peak demand time stamp Time in seconds Peak demand time stamp (in Unix time)
Demand window duration Time in minutes Demand window duration
V5-T5-112 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
System Monitoring
Faults and Events
Parameter Name Range / Units Description
Motor state (current based) 0: Stopped; 1: Accelerating; 2: Running Current Based motor state (independent of command)
Motor control status Various Present motor control status bits
Number of operating seconds Time in seconds Number of operating seconds
Operating seconds (resettable) Time in seconds Number of operating seconds (resettable)
Time to trip overload Time in seconds Time for overload to reach trip threshold (100%)
Time to reset overload Time in seconds Time for overload to reach reset threshold (thermal memory must drop below 75%)
PTC status Various PTC status
Digital input status 0/1 ON/OFF status of digital inputs
Base control module relay status 0/1 Base control module relay status (output status)
Total motor run time Time in seconds Total motor run time in seconds
Total motor run time (resettable) Time in seconds Total run time user (resettable)
Last measured starting time Time in seconds The amount of time the motor took to reach up to speed on the last start.
Number of starts Number Total number of motor starts
Number of starts (resettable) Number Number of starts (resettable)
Number of contactor operations last hour Number Number of contactor operations during the last hour
Latest run time Time in seconds Duration in seconds of the last start-to-stop motor run time
Thermal memory percent 0–250% Thermal memory in percent—overload trip occurs at 100%
Parameter Name Range / Units Description
Active fault Various Provides reason for trip in form of fault code
Active warning Various Provides reason for warning in form of fault code
Active inhibit Various Provides reason for inhibit in form of fault code
Fault queue—event order Various A list of the last 10 faults shown in the order they occurred. Most recent at top
Trip snapshot Various Time-stamp log of (12) parameters at time of trip
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-113
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
Required System Components
Order these catalog numbers for a complete C445 system.
1 Base Control Module (C445B…)
1 Measurement Module (C445M…)
1–2 Connection cables (D77E…), required to provide power and communications from the Base Control Module to the
Measurement Module and the User Interface (if used). These must be ordered separately in the length desired.
1 programming cable (C445XS-USB-MICRO or C445XS-USB-LEADS), required to configure the device using
Power Xpert inControl. The same programming cable can be used for multiple systems.
Optional Accessories
These system accessories are compatible with any C445 system but are not required.
Communication Modules (C445XC…)
Real-time Clock and Memory Backup Module (C445XO-RTC)
User Interfaces (C445UC…)
User Interface Digital Input Wiring Harnesses (C445XU…), required only if utilizing optional digital inputs on User Interfaces
Relay
Base Control Module
Measurement Module
Notes
1For other communication protocol options, see Accessories chart on Page V5-T5-114.
2If a real-time clock and memory backup module are required, see Accessories chart on Page V5-T5-114.
3For applications above 136 A, see Accessories chart on Page V5-T5-114.
Module
B = Base control module
M = Measurement module
U = User interface
X = Accessory
C445 B
Family
C445 = Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay
Options
Options depend on module selected
Family
C445 = Power Xpert C445 global
motor management relay
Module
B = Base control module
C445 B A – S A L N
Outputs
L = 2 Form A (NO); 1 Form C (NO/NC) latching
N = 2 Form A (NO); 1 Form C (NO/NC) non-latching
Supply Voltage
A = 120–240 Vac
D = 24 Vdc
Version
S = Standard
Inputs
A = 120 Vac
D = 24 Vdc
Options 12
N = None
M = On-board Modbus Serial
Inputs 3
45 mm
2P4 = 0.3–2.4 A
005 = 1–5 A
032 = 4–32 A
045 =645 A
55 mm
072 =972 A
90 mm
090 = 11–90 A
136 = 17–136 A
Family
C445 = Power Xpert C445 global
motor management relay
Module
M = Measurement module
C445 M A – 005 A
Frame Size
A = 45 mm (0.3–45 A)
B = 55 mm (9–72 A)
C = 90 mm (17–136 A)
Sensing Capability
I = Current only
V = Current and voltage
P = Current and PTC
A = Current, voltage and PTC
V5-T5-114 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
User Interface
Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
Accessories
Note
1This cable harness is to utilize the user interface inputs. For other C445 connector cables, see Accessories on Page V5-T5-119.
Color Scheme
N = NEMA
I = IEC
Note: See images on
Page V5-T5-117.
Family
C445 = Power Xpert C445 global
motor management relay
Module
U = User interface
C445 U C – N 0
Type
C = Control
Application
0–9
Note: See Page V5-T5-117 for selection.
Family
C445 = Power Xpert C445 global
motor management relay
Module
X = Accessory
C445 X C – E
Type
C = Communication card
O = Option module
S = Spare parts and accessory kits
U = User interface input cable harness 1
Options
Communication Module Options
E = EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP
P = PROFIBUS
Option Modules
RTC = Real-time clock and memory backup module
Spare Parts and Cables
TERM = Spare terminal connectors kit
USBMICRO = Standard USB male to micro USB male
USBRJ12 = Standard USB male to RJ12
USBLEADS = Standard USB male to loose leads
User Interface Input Cables
050 = 0.50 m length
100 = 1 m length
200 = 2 m length
300 = 3 m length
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-115
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Product Selection
Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay
Base Control Module
Note
1 Can be used for 4160 Vac applications with PT ratios.
Power Source Voltage Range 1Digital Inputs Relay Outputs
On-board
Communications Catalog Number
120/240 Vac 0–690 Vac (4) 120 Vac (2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching) C445BA-SANN
Modbus Serial C445BA-SANM
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching) C445BA-SALN
Modbus Serial C445BA-SALM
(4) 24 Vdc (2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching) C445BA-SDNN
Modbus Serial C445BA-SDNM
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching) C445BA-SDLN
Modbus Serial C445BA-SDLM
24 Vdc 0–690 Vac (4) 120 Vac (2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching) C445BD-SANN
Modbus Serial C445BD-SANM
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching) C445BD-SALN
Modbus Serial C445BD-SALM
(4) 24 Vdc (2) Form A, (1) Form C (non-latching) C445BD-SDNN
Modbus Serial C445BD-SDNM
(2) Form A, (1) Form C (latching) C445BD-SDLN
Modbus Serial C445BD-SDLM
C445B_
V5-T5-116 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Measurement Module
Note
1 The 45 mm frame is capable of 6 AWG wire maximum with the exception of insulation types RHH, RHW and RHW-2.
If these insulation types are being used, use the 55 mm frame.
Frame Size Current Range (A) Current (I) Sensing Voltage (V) Sensing PTC Sensing Catalog Number
45 mm 0.3–2.4 Yes C445MA-2P4I
Yes Yes C445MA-2P4P
Yes Yes — C445MA-2P4V
Yes Yes Yes C445MA-2P4A
1–5 Yes C445MA-005I
Yes Yes C445MA-005P
Yes Yes — C445MA-005V
Yes Yes Yes C445MA-005A
4–32 Yes C445MA-032I
Yes Yes C445MA-032P
Yes Yes — C445MA-032V
Yes Yes Yes C445MA-032A
6–45 1Yes C445MA-045I
Yes Yes C445MA-045P
Yes Yes C445MA-045V
Yes Yes Yes C445MA-045A
55 mm 9–72 Yes C445MB-072I
Yes Yes C445MB-072P
Yes Yes C445MB-072V
Yes Yes Yes C445MB-072A
90 mm 11–90 Yes C445MC-090I
Yes Yes C445MC-090P
Yes Yes C445MC-090V
Yes Yes Yes C445MC-090A
17–136 Yes C445MC-136I
Yes Yes C445MC-136P
Yes Yes C445MC-136V
Yes Yes Yes C445MC-136A
C445M_
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Options
User Interface—NEMA Color Scheme (English) 12
NEMA User Interface Example
C445UC-N5
Notes
1 All options include a reset button, micro USB port, and four self-powered 24 Vdc digital inputs. Please see Accessories on Page V5-T5-119 for digital inputs wiring
harness options.
2 Not all operation modes are stock items. Check with EatonCare for availability.
3 F1 function key is reserved for future use.
Operation
Mode
Control Type
(Local = UI)
Control Button(s)
Action LED Indicator Labels Diagnostic LED Label(s) Catalog Number
FVNR Starter Local Only START
OFF
RUN
OFF
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N0
FVNR Starter Remote Only
F1 3
RUN
OFF
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N1
FVR Starter Remote Only
F1 3
FWD
REV
OFF
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N2
2-Speed Starter Remote Only
F1 3
SLOW
FAST
OFF
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N3
FVNR Starter Local/Remote
HAND
OFF
AUTO
RUN
HAND
OFF
AUTO
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N4
FVR Starter Local/Remote FWD
REV
OFF
AUTO
FWD
REV
OFF
AUTO
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N5
2-Speed Starter Local/Remote SLOW
FAST
OFF
AUTO
SLOW
FAST
OFF
AUTO
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N6
MCCB Actuation Local/Remote CLOSE
OFF
AUTO
CLOSE
OFF
AUTO
FAULT, WARNING, TRIPPED C445UC-N7
MCCB Actuation Local Only CLOSE
OFF
CLOSE
OFF
FAULT, WARNING, TRIPPED C445UC-N8
Overload Local/Remote —
TEST
F1
AUTO
RUN
OFF
AUTO
FAULT, WARNING, OVERLOAD C445UC-N9
NEMA Color Scheme
V5-T5-118 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
User Interface—IEC Color Scheme (Symbols) 12
IEC User Interface Example
C445UC-I6
Notes
1 All options include a reset button, micro USB port, and four self-powered 24 Vdc digital inputs. Please see Accessories on Page V5-T5-119 for digital inputs wiring
harness options.
2 Not all operation modes are stock items. Check with EatonCare for availability.
3 F1 function key is reserved for future use.
Operation
Mode
Control Type
(Local = UI)
Control Button(s)
Action LED Indicator Labels Diagnostic LED Label(s) Catalog Number
FVNR Starter Local Only
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I0
FVNR Starter Remote Only
F1 3
RUN
OFF
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I1
2-Speed Starter Local Only
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I2
FVR Starter Local Only
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I3
FVNR Starter Local/Remote
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I4
FVR Starter Local/Remote
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I5
2-Speed Starter Local/Remote
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I6
MCCB Actuation Local/Remote
FAULT, WARNING, TRIPPED C445UC-I7
MCCB Actuation Local Only
FAULT, WARNING, TRIPPED C445UC-I8
Overload Local/Remote
TEST
F1 3
AUTO
RUN
OFF
FAULT, WARNING,
EARTH FAULT
C445UC-I9
IEC Color Scheme
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-119
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Accessories
External Current Transformers
Use CTs and 1–5 A C445 measurement module. CT kit does not include measurement module (order separately).
Communication and Option Modules
Cables, Wiring Harnesses and Spare Parts
Connection Cables and Accessories
D77E connection cables are required to connect the base control module to the
measurement module and to the user interface. Order the appropriate lengths for
each connection.
User interface wiring harnesses are required to utilize the digital inputs on the user
interface. Order one wiring harness per user interface to connect to these inputs.
C445XS-USBMICRO and C445XS-USBLEADS are used to connect the Power Xpert
inControl tool (see next page for details). C445XS-USBRJ12 is used for firmware
upgrades.
Notes
1 Contact factory for availability.
2 Catalog numbers are for one single-phase CT, order quantity of 3 for a complete C445 system.
CT Range (A) Description Terminal Size Measurement Module Catalog Number 12
17–300 300:5 single-phase CT, 1.25 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/
IEEE C57.13, 50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50,
accuracy 0.3% B0.1
(2) 8–32 brass terminals,
comes with mounting
bracket kit
C445MA-005_ XCT300-5
75–600 600:5 single-phase CT, 2.00 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/
IEEE C57.13, 50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50,
accuracy 0.3% B0.1
(2) 8–32 brass terminals,
comes with mounting
bracket kit
C445MA-005_ XCT600-5
100–800 800:5 single-phase CT, 2.50 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/
IEEE C57.13, 50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50,
accuracy 0.3% B0.1
(2) 8–32 brass terminals,
comes with mounting
bracket kit
C445MA-005_ XCT800-5
Description Catalog Number
EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP card with 2-port switch C445XC-E
PROFIBUS DPV0 and DVP1 card C445XC-P
Real-time clock and memory backup module C445XO-RTC
Description Catalog Number
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 13 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP13
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 13 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP13-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 25 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP25
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 25 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP25-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 100 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP100
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 100 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP100-HV
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 200 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP200
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 300 cm length, 600 V rating D77E-QPIP300
Connection cable (base control module to measurement module or user interface), 300 cm length, 1000 V rating D77E-QPIP300-HV
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 50 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-050
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 100 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-100
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 200 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-200
User interface digital inputs wiring harness, 300 cm, 16 AWG wires C445XU-300
Spare parts kit—terminal connectors, mounting feet C445XS-TERM
Standard USB A male to micro USB male cable C445XS-USBMICRO
Standard USB A male to loose leads cable (for use with Modbus Serial terminals) C445XS-USBLEADS
Standard USB A male to RJ-12 cable (for firmware upgrades) C445XS-USBRJ12
ZEB-XCT_
C445X_
V5-T5-120 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Power Xpert inControl Software
The Power Xpert inControl software tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring
the Power Xpert C445 motor management relay. Features include loading parameters that can be
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in
graphical or text form and real-time display.
Power Xpert inControl is available for download free of charge at www.eaton.com/C445. Refer to
Power Xpert inControl User Manual MN040013EN for more information.
Power Xpert inControl Connection Cables
The following connection methods are possible between the PC running the inControl software
and C445:
1. USB/Micro USB cable (C445XS-USBMICRO) connected to the Micro USB port on the
1. User Interface.
2. USB/Micro USB cable (C445-USBMICRO) connected to the Micro USB port on the Base
2. Control Module.
3. USB/RS-485 cable (C445XS-USBLEADS) connected to the RS-485 Modbus port on the Base
3. Control Module (if ordered with the Modbus option).
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-121
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Short Circuit Ratings (North American CSA and UL) 1
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Short Circuit Ratings (IEC) 1
Power Xpert C445 Technical Data and Specifications
Notes
1Short circuit protective device (SCPD) sizing per NEC: Max = 400% of FLA under 100 A, 300% of FLA over 100 A.
2Published monitoring accuracies are across the frequency range of 47–63 Hz.
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Measurement
Module
Frame
Max. Fuse
Size (A)
(RK5)
Max.
Breaker
Size (A)
Fuses (RK5) Max. Fuse
Size (A)
(RK5)
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Overload FLA
Range 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA)
Max. Breaker
Size (A)
45 mm 0.3–2.4 A 5 5 6 A 15 A 100 100 6 A 100 35 15 A
45 mm 1–5 A 5 5 20 A 20 A 100 100 20 A 100 35 20 A
45 mm 4–32 A 5 5 125 A 125 A 100 100 125 A 100 35 125 A
45 mm 6–45 A 5 5 175 A 175 A 100 100 175 A 100 35 175 A
55 mm 9–72 A 10 10 250 A 250 A 100 100 250 A 100 35 250 A
90 mm 11–90 A 10 10 360 A 360 A 100 100 360 A 100 50 360 A
90 mm 17–136 A 10 10 400 A 400 A 100 100 400 A 100 50 400 A
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data High-Fault Short Circuit Data
480 V
(kA)
690 V
(kA)
Max. Fuse
Size
(A) (gG)
Max.
Breaker
Size (A)
480 V
Max.
Breaker
Size (A)
690 V
Fuses (gG) Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Measurement
Module
Frame
Overload
FLA Range
480 V
(kA)
690 V
(kA)
Max. Fuse
Size (A) (gG)
480 V
(kA)
690 V
(kA)
Max.
Breaker
Size (A)
480 V
Max.
Breaker
Size (A)
690 V
45 mm 0.3–2.4 A 1 1 16 A 15 A N/A 100 100 10 A 100 N/A 15 A N/A
45 mm 1–5 A 1 1 20 A 20 A 20 A 100 100 20 A 100 80 20 A 20 A
45 mm 4–32 A 3 3 125 A 125 A 125 A 100 100 125 A 100 80 125 A 125 A
45 mm 6–45 A 3 3 200 A 175 A 160 A 100 100 125 A 100 80 175 A 160 A
55 mm 9–72 A 5 5 250 A 250 A 250 A 100 100 160 A 100 80 250 A 250 A
90 mm 11–90 A 5 5 360 A 360 A 360 A 100 100 360 A 100 80 360 A 360 A
90 mm 17–136 A 10 10 400 A 400 A 400 A 100 100 400 A 100 80 400 A 400 A
Description Specification
Electrical, Motor/Load Ratings
Operating voltage 110–690 Vac
4160 Vac with Potential Transformer (PT) ratios between 35:1 and 6:1 (purchased separately) (PT) 2
Trip class 5–40, selectable in 5 step increments
Operating current (FLA) range Varies by measurement module frame. See below.
45 mm measurement module 0.3–2.4 A; 1.0–5.0 A; 4.0–32.0 A; 6–45 A
55 mm measurement module 9.0–72.0 A
90 mm measurement module 11.0–90.0 A; 17.0–136.0 A
Rated frequency 20–80 Hz 2
Application(s) Single-phase, three-phase
Accuracy Current: 2% within 30–125% of FLA; 3% < 500% of FLA
Voltage: 2% within 110 Vac, 690 Vac
Power: 5%
Rated supply voltage 120/240 Vac (or) 24 Vdc
Operating supply voltage range 94–264 Vac (or) 18–30 Vdc
Overvoltage category 24 Vdc = III
120/240 = II
Maximum power consumption Less than 8 W—varies by module, see below
Base control module + measurement module Less than 5 W
User interface Less than 1.5 W
Communication card Less than 2 W
V5-T5-122 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Power Xpert C445 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Description Specification
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating) –40 to 60 °C (–40 to 140 °F)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C (–40 to 185 °F)
Operating humidity [UL991 (H3)] 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude NEMA ICS1 2000 meters (6600 feet)
Shock IEC 60068-2-27 15 g any direction for 11 milliseconds, non-operating
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 5 g non-operating and 3 g operating in any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1 3
Ingress protection IP20 (Base Control Module / Measurement Module)
IP54 (User Interface)
Mean time between failures (MTBF) 20 years at 50 °C
Safety
Thermal overload protection Per UL 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-4-1
Binary PTC protection IEC 60947-8
Safety integrity level SIL 1 (reference 50495)
Electrical / EMC
Radiated emissions IEC/EN 60947-4-1, Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
Conducted emissions IEC/EN 60947-4-1, Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity per IEC 61000-4-2 ± 8 kV air, ± 4 kV contact
Radiated immunity per IEC 61000-4-3 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulation
1 kHz sine wave
Fast transient per IEC 61000-4-4 ± 2 kV power
± 1 kV signals, data and control
Surge per IEC 61000-4-5 ± 1 kV line-to-line
± 2 kV line-to-ground
Conducted immunity per IEC 61000-4-6 10 V, 0.15–80 MHz
80% amplitude modulation
1 kHz sine wave
Magnetic field per IEC 61000-4-8 30 A 50/60 Hz
Voltage dips per IEC 61000-4-11 Class 2, 110 Vac 60 Hz, 230 Vac 50 Hz
0% during 1/2 cycle
0% during 1 cycle
70% during 25/30 cycles
Note: 70% refers to 70% of nominal operating voltage, 0% refers to 0% of operating voltage,
25/30 cycles correlates to 50/60 Hz.
Output Relay Ratings (Base Control Module)
Three mono-stable output relays
One Form C (NO/NC)
Two Form A (NO)
B300 pilot duty on all relays
R300 pilot duty on NO relays only
Rated operating current 3 A at 120 Vac, 1.5 A at 240 Vac
1.5 A at 24 Vdc, 0.22 A at 125 Vdc, 0.1 A at 250 Vdc
Utilization category AC-15; DC-13
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-123
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Power Xpert C445 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
PTC Specifications
Note
1Use only UL Listed or recognized conductors. Copper wire rated 75C for all field wiring terminals and main conductor wiring.
Description Specification
Input Ratings (Base Control Module)
Supply voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac
Number of inputs 4 4
Type of inputs Digital Digital
On-state voltage 15–20 Vdc 79–132 Vac
Off-state voltage 0–5 Vdc 0–30 Vac
Overvoltage category III II
Input/Output Terminal Blocks
Wire capacity 30–12 AWG 1
Screw torque requirement 3.5–4.4 in-lb
(0.4–0.5 Nm)
Measurement Module Current Pass Through
Measurement module size (current range) 45 mm
(0.3–2.4 A)
45 mm
(1–5 A)
45 mm
(4–32 A)
45 mm
(6–45 A)
55 mm
(9–72 A)
90 mm
(11–90 A)
90 mm
(17–136 A)
Supported conductor
NA 600 V (AWG)
EMEA 690 V (mm2)
6 AWG
16 mm2
6 AWG
16 mm2
6 AWG
16 mm2
6 AWG
16 mm2
3 AWG
25 mm2
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
Voltage Terminals
Terminal screw torque requirement 3.5–4.4 in-lb
(0.4–0.5 Nm)
Maximum wire capacity
(for voltage input terminals)
12–26 AWG solid
0.13 to 3.31 mm2
Description Specification
Standard EN 60947-8/A1:2006 “Mark A Control Unit”
Compatible thermal detectors Mark A type (abrupt characteristic change) as described in EN 60947-8/A1:2006
Annex A wired in series
Terminals Marked T1 and T2
12–30 AWG solid (0.13–4 mm2)
Cold resistance ≤1500 ohms
Measuring voltage ≤2.5 V for resistance ≤1330 ohms
≤7.5 V for resistance ≤4 kohms
≤9.0 V open circuit
Temperature rise response 3600 ohms ±10%
Over temperature reset 1500 ohms ±10%
Short-circuit response Between 10 and 20 ohms
Short-circuit reset Between 20 and 40 ohms
Wire break response 20 k to 40 kohms
Isolation Uimp = 4 kV
V5-T5-124 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Dimensions
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Base Control Module
1.48
(38.0)
4.41 (112.0)
35 mm DIN Rail
Mount
0.24
(6.0)
3.74
(95.0)
Mtg.
1.78 (45.0) Panel Mount
[2] M5 or #10
3.15
(80.0)
4.24
(108.0)
1.34
(34.0)
Mtg.
0.24
(6.0)
Panel Mount
[2] M5 or #10
Panel Mount
Option 2
2.72
(69.0)
2.43 (62.0)
3.97 (101.0)
1.67
(43.0)
Panel Mount
Option 1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-125
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Measurement Module—45 mm Frame
Note: Measurement Module part shown has factory-installed terminals for all measurement options (current, voltage and PTC).
3.81
(97.0)
1.34
(34.0)
1.78 (45.0)
0.57
(15.0)
0.57
(15.0)
4.31
(109.0)
2.93 (74.0)
4.11
(104.0)
3.65
(93.0)
3.15
(80.0)
2.50 (64.0)
35 mm DIN Rail
Mount
1.48
(38.0)
1.67
(43.0)
DIN Mount
Option 4
2.72
(69.0)
0.55
(14.0)
2.72
(69.0)
1.88 (48.0)
3.81
(97.0)
1.34
(34.0)
Panel Mount
[4] M5 or #10
Panel Mount
Option 3
0.55
(14.0)
2.43 (62.0)
Panel Mount
[4] M5 or #10
Panel Mount
Option 2
Panel Mount
Option 1
V5-T5-126 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Measurement Module—55 mm Frame
Note: Measurement Module part shown has factory-installed terminals for all measurement options (current, voltage and PTC).
35 mm DIN Rail
Mount
Panel Mount
[2] M5 or #10
3.69
(94.0)
Mtg.
0.20
(5.0)
2.22 (56.0)
4.14
(105.0)
1.48
(37.0)
1.78
(45.0)
4.55
(116.0)
2.90 (74.0)
1.77 (45.0)
Mtg.
0.22
(6.0)
3.31 (84.0)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-127
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Measurement Module—90 mm Frame
Note: Measurement Module part shown has factory-installed terminals for all measurement options (current, voltage and PTC).
3.94
(100.0)
Mtg.
3.56 (90.0)
35 mm DIN Rail
Mount
Panel Mount
[4] M5 or #10
3.28 (83.0)
3.70 (94.0)
2.95 (75.0)
Mtg. 0.30
(8.0)
4.41
(112.0)
0.24
(6.0)
4.94
(126.0)
1.48
(37.0)
1.80
(46.0)
V5-T5-128 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
User Interface
1.77
(45.0)
3.62 (92.0)
User Interface Module Cutout
2.05
(52.0)
3.91 (99.0)
0.31 (8.0)
1.24 (32.0)
1.47 (37.0)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-129
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-130
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-130
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-130
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Product Description
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Current only device—
no need to add PTs
Intel-I-Trip™ overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile™
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD®
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance
Application Description
Eaton’s MP-3000 motor
protection relay is a
multifunctional
microprocessor-based
protective relay for the
protection of three-phase AC
motors. The MP-3000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage
level. It is most commonly
used on large, medium
voltage three-phase induction
motors. It has also been
widely used on important
low voltage (480 volt)
motor applications and
synchronous motors.
The MP-3000 motor relay is
a current only device that
monitors three-phase and
ground currents. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase imbalance,
single phasing and ground
fault motor protection.
It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or
loss of load condition. Please
refer to Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies, CA08100004E,
Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional
product info
rmation.
The MP-3000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-3000 motor relay
may be applied to either
across the line starters or
reduced voltage starters. On
reduced voltage starters, the
MP-3000 relay can control the
switch from reduced voltage
to full voltage based on time
and/or motor transition. The
MP-3000 can protect the
starter against failure to
transition to full voltage
through contact feedback and
an incomplete sequence
function.
The MP-3000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-3000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating
conditions. It monitors the
currents from either a 5 A
or 1 A secondary of a CT
circuit. Ground current may
be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the
residual connection of the
phase CTs. It provides a
Form C contact output for
controlling the starter contacts
or breaker operation.
V5-T5-130 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions
Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely
Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping
RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
Optional communication
module and Eatons
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement
The protection functions are
listed below.
I2t overload protection
(49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
The metering functions are:
Motor currents:
Average current (Iave)
Individual phase and
ground current in
primary amperes
Percent of full load
Percent of phase
imbalance
RTD temperatures:
Individual winding
Motor bearing
Load
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions:
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
Time before start
Remaining starts
allowed
Oldest start time
Standards and Certifications
The MP-3000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
UL recognized
(File No. E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA
Reference
Refer to Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional product information.
Description Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-131
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-132
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-132
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-132
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Product Description
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance
Application Description
Eaton’s MP-4000 motor
protection relay is a multi-
functional microprocessor-
based protective relay for the
protection of three-phase AC
motors. The MP-4000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage level.
It is most commonly used on
large, medium voltage three-
phase induction motors. It
has also been widely used
on important low voltage
(480 volt) motor applications
and synchronous motors.
The MP-4000 motor relay
monitors three-phase and
ground currents, and three-
phase voltages. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase imbalance, single
phasing over/undervoltage,
underpower, power factor and
ground fault motor protection.
It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or loss
of load condition.
The MP-4000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-4000 motor relay may
be applied to either across the
line starters or reduced voltage
starters. On reduced voltage
starters, the MP-4000 relay can
control the switch from
reduced voltage to full voltage
based on time and/or motor
transition. The MP-4000 can
protect the starter against
failure to transition to full
voltage through contact
feedback and an incomplete
sequence function.
The MP-4000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-4000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating conditions.
It monitors the currents from
either a 5 A or 1 A secondary of
a CT circuit. Ground current
may be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the residual
connection of the phase CTs.
It provides a Form C contact
output for controlling the
starter contacts or breaker
operation.
V5-T5-132 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions
Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely
Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping
RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
Optional communication
module and Eatons
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement
The metering functions are:
Metering:
Average current
Amperes: magnitude
and angle in primary
values
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
Average voltage (V ave)
Voltage: magnitude and
angle
Voltage: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
% of full load
% current imbalance
% voltage imbalance
Power, vars and VA
Power factor
Frequency
Energy metering with
time and date stamps
RTD temperatures:
Individual winding
Motor bearing
Load
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions:
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
Time before start
Remaining starts
allowed
Oldest start time
The protection functions are
listed below:
I2t overload
protection (49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
Undervoltage (27)
Overvoltage (59)
Under power (32)
Negative sequence voltage
imbalance (47)
Power factor (55)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
Standards and Certifications
The MP-4000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
UL recognized (File No.
E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA
Reference
Refer to Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional product information.
Description Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—May 2016 www.eaton.com V5-T5-133
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
IQ 500 Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-50
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-54
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-80
Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . V5-T5-107
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-129
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-131
IQ 500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-133
IQ 500 Overload Relays
Product Description
The IQ 500 is a heaterless,
current-sensing, solid-state
motor protective relay with
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
are incorporated into the base
relay (IQ502/IQ504) as
standard:
Overload (overcurrent)
protection
Phase imbalance and
phase loss protection
Ground current protection
(Class II)
The base relay can serve as
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
adding the IQ 500M Special
Function Module. The module
can address application
related motor load functions
with the additional features:
Underload protection
Long acceleration
Jam protection
Load control
The IQ 500 can provide a
cost-effective alternative to
conventional protective relays
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
loss or phase imbalance
relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a low-
cost, local area
communication network,
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
IQ 500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial
applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors,
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
Reference
Refer to Tab 2 of this volume, section 2.2 for additional
product information.
IQ 500 Overload Relays Tab Section
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Features
Overload class is
adjustable using DIP
switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30
seconds, maximum trip
times at six times rated
current
Designed for 1000 V and
less distribution systems
Form C (NO/NC) contact on
output relay
Isolated alarm relay output
contact
Communications capability
using IMPACC network
Manual or automatic reset
(either a true manual or
remote electrical reset)—
selectable
Overload, Class II ground
current, phase imbalance
and single-phase
protection are standard
LED indication (bi-
colored—red/green) for
device status, including
overload, phase imbalance
or ground current trip
Special Function Module
adds protection for
underload and jam
conditions, also provides
for long acceleration
Optional load control
feature available with
special function module
Feed-through current
transformer windows for
contactors, NEMA Sizes
1–4 (for Size 5 and larger,
external current
transformers can be used)
Fits mounting footprint of
Eatons MORA relay
Panel or starter mountable
Cause of trip is held in
memory through a power
loss
Bell alarm contact available
for remote status
indication
DIP switch provided for
setting operating
frequency—50 or 60 Hz
Plug-in terminal block for
control power, trip relay
and bell alarm relay
connections
Operating temperature:
–20 to 60 °C (–4 to 140 °F)
Standards and Certifications
UL File No. E19223

Navigation menu